US20010039258A1 - Active agent transport systems - Google Patents
Active agent transport systems Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- US20010039258A1 US20010039258A1 US09/760,307 US76030701A US2001039258A1 US 20010039258 A1 US20010039258 A1 US 20010039258A1 US 76030701 A US76030701 A US 76030701A US 2001039258 A1 US2001039258 A1 US 2001039258A1
- Authority
- US
- United States
- Prior art keywords
- perturbant
- active agent
- biologically active
- alkyl
- amino acid
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Abandoned
Links
- 239000013543 active substance Substances 0.000 title claims abstract description 228
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 153
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 72
- 230000000536 complexating effect Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 64
- 230000002441 reversible effect Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 27
- 239000004005 microsphere Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 17
- 230000002209 hydrophobic effect Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 15
- 150000001413 amino acids Chemical class 0.000 claims description 188
- 125000001997 phenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 claims description 92
- 125000001624 naphthyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 90
- 125000000008 (C1-C10) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 89
- 125000003342 alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 81
- NOESYZHRGYRDHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N insulin Chemical compound N1C(=O)C(NC(=O)C(CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)C(CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)C(C(C)C)NC(=O)C(NC(=O)CN)C(C)CC)CSSCC(C(NC(CO)C(=O)NC(CC(C)C)C(=O)NC(CC=2C=CC(O)=CC=2)C(=O)NC(CCC(N)=O)C(=O)NC(CC(C)C)C(=O)NC(CCC(O)=O)C(=O)NC(CC(N)=O)C(=O)NC(CC=2C=CC(O)=CC=2)C(=O)NC(CSSCC(NC(=O)C(C(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC=2C=CC(O)=CC=2)NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(C)NC(=O)C(CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)C(C(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC=2NC=NC=2)NC(=O)C(CO)NC(=O)CNC2=O)C(=O)NCC(=O)NC(CCC(O)=O)C(=O)NC(CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)NCC(=O)NC(CC=3C=CC=CC=3)C(=O)NC(CC=3C=CC=CC=3)C(=O)NC(CC=3C=CC(O)=CC=3)C(=O)NC(C(C)O)C(=O)N3C(CCC3)C(=O)NC(CCCCN)C(=O)NC(C)C(O)=O)C(=O)NC(CC(N)=O)C(O)=O)=O)NC(=O)C(C(C)CC)NC(=O)C(CO)NC(=O)C(C(C)O)NC(=O)C1CSSCC2NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(NC(=O)C(CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)C(CC(N)=O)NC(=O)C(NC(=O)C(N)CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C(C)C)CC1=CN=CN1 NOESYZHRGYRDHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 67
- 108090000765 processed proteins & peptides Proteins 0.000 claims description 61
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 claims description 55
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Atomic nitrogen Chemical compound N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 38
- 229960000789 guanidine hydrochloride Drugs 0.000 claims description 38
- PJJJBBJSCAKJQF-UHFFFAOYSA-N guanidinium chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].NC(N)=[NH2+] PJJJBBJSCAKJQF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 38
- 125000003118 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 36
- 102000004877 Insulin Human genes 0.000 claims description 33
- 108090001061 Insulin Proteins 0.000 claims description 33
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 33
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 33
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 claims description 33
- 229940125396 insulin Drugs 0.000 claims description 33
- 125000004435 hydrogen atom Chemical group [H]* 0.000 claims description 31
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 31
- 229910052717 sulfur Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 31
- 125000000753 cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 29
- HTTJABKRGRZYRN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Heparin Chemical compound OC1C(NC(=O)C)C(O)OC(COS(O)(=O)=O)C1OC1C(OS(O)(=O)=O)C(O)C(OC2C(C(OS(O)(=O)=O)C(OC3C(C(O)C(O)C(O3)C(O)=O)OS(O)(=O)=O)C(CO)O2)NS(O)(=O)=O)C(C(O)=O)O1 HTTJABKRGRZYRN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 26
- 229960002897 heparin Drugs 0.000 claims description 26
- 229920000669 heparin Polymers 0.000 claims description 26
- 125000000392 cycloalkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 25
- 238000007920 subcutaneous administration Methods 0.000 claims description 25
- 150000001299 aldehydes Chemical class 0.000 claims description 22
- 150000002576 ketones Chemical class 0.000 claims description 22
- 125000003178 carboxy group Chemical group [H]OC(*)=O 0.000 claims description 21
- UBQYURCVBFRUQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-benzoyl-Ferrioxamine B Chemical compound CC(=O)N(O)CCCCCNC(=O)CCC(=O)N(O)CCCCCNC(=O)CCC(=O)N(O)CCCCCN UBQYURCVBFRUQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 20
- 229960000958 deferoxamine Drugs 0.000 claims description 20
- NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfur Chemical compound [S] NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 19
- QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N atomic oxygen Chemical compound [O] QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 19
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 19
- 239000001301 oxygen Substances 0.000 claims description 19
- 239000011593 sulfur Substances 0.000 claims description 19
- 125000003545 alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 16
- BBBFJLBPOGFECG-VJVYQDLKSA-N calcitonin Chemical compound N([C@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1NC=NC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)C(=O)N1[C@@H](CCC1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(=O)N1[C@@H](CCC1)C(N)=O)C(C)C)C(=O)[C@@H]1CSSC[C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(=O)N1 BBBFJLBPOGFECG-VJVYQDLKSA-N 0.000 claims description 15
- 108010000521 Human Growth Hormone Proteins 0.000 claims description 14
- 102000002265 Human Growth Hormone Human genes 0.000 claims description 14
- 239000000854 Human Growth Hormone Substances 0.000 claims description 14
- 125000005842 heteroatom Chemical group 0.000 claims description 14
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 claims description 14
- 150000001732 carboxylic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 claims description 12
- 125000000623 heterocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 12
- 125000006413 ring segment Chemical group 0.000 claims description 12
- 102000055006 Calcitonin Human genes 0.000 claims description 11
- 108060001064 Calcitonin Proteins 0.000 claims description 11
- 102000014150 Interferons Human genes 0.000 claims description 11
- 108010050904 Interferons Proteins 0.000 claims description 11
- 125000004429 atom Chemical group 0.000 claims description 11
- 229960004015 calcitonin Drugs 0.000 claims description 11
- 150000002632 lipids Chemical class 0.000 claims description 11
- MYPYJXKWCTUITO-UHFFFAOYSA-N vancomycin Natural products O1C(C(=C2)Cl)=CC=C2C(O)C(C(NC(C2=CC(O)=CC(O)=C2C=2C(O)=CC=C3C=2)C(O)=O)=O)NC(=O)C3NC(=O)C2NC(=O)C(CC(N)=O)NC(=O)C(NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC)C(O)C(C=C3Cl)=CC=C3OC3=CC2=CC1=C3OC1OC(CO)C(O)C(O)C1OC1CC(C)(N)C(O)C(C)O1 MYPYJXKWCTUITO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 11
- 101800000414 Corticotropin Proteins 0.000 claims description 10
- 102000003951 Erythropoietin Human genes 0.000 claims description 10
- 108090000394 Erythropoietin Proteins 0.000 claims description 10
- 239000000579 Gonadotropin-Releasing Hormone Substances 0.000 claims description 10
- 102400000050 Oxytocin Human genes 0.000 claims description 10
- XNOPRXBHLZRZKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Oxytocin Natural products N1C(=O)C(N)CSSCC(C(=O)N2C(CCC2)C(=O)NC(CC(C)C)C(=O)NCC(N)=O)NC(=O)C(CC(N)=O)NC(=O)C(CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)C(C(C)CC)NC(=O)C1CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 XNOPRXBHLZRZKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 10
- 101800000989 Oxytocin Proteins 0.000 claims description 10
- 102000005157 Somatostatin Human genes 0.000 claims description 10
- 108010056088 Somatostatin Proteins 0.000 claims description 10
- 101000857870 Squalus acanthias Gonadoliberin Proteins 0.000 claims description 10
- 108010059993 Vancomycin Proteins 0.000 claims description 10
- GXBMIBRIOWHPDT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Vasopressin Natural products N1C(=O)C(CC=2C=C(O)C=CC=2)NC(=O)C(N)CSSCC(C(=O)N2C(CCC2)C(=O)NC(CCCN=C(N)N)C(=O)NCC(N)=O)NC(=O)C(CC(N)=O)NC(=O)C(CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)C1CC1=CC=CC=C1 GXBMIBRIOWHPDT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 10
- 108010004977 Vasopressins Proteins 0.000 claims description 10
- 102000002852 Vasopressins Human genes 0.000 claims description 10
- 239000000427 antigen Substances 0.000 claims description 10
- 108091007433 antigens Proteins 0.000 claims description 10
- 102000036639 antigens Human genes 0.000 claims description 10
- KBZOIRJILGZLEJ-LGYYRGKSSA-N argipressin Chemical compound C([C@H]1C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CSSC[C@@H](C(N[C@@H](CC=2C=CC(O)=CC=2)C(=O)N1)=O)N)C(=O)N1[C@@H](CCC1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCN=C(N)N)C(=O)NCC(N)=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 KBZOIRJILGZLEJ-LGYYRGKSSA-N 0.000 claims description 10
- 230000001746 atrial effect Effects 0.000 claims description 10
- 150000001720 carbohydrates Chemical class 0.000 claims description 10
- IDLFZVILOHSSID-OVLDLUHVSA-N corticotropin Chemical compound C([C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCSC)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1NC=NC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C2=CC=CC=C2NC=1)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N1[C@@H](CCC1)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N1[C@@H](CCC1)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)C(=O)N1[C@@H](CCC1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C(=O)N1[C@@H](CCC1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@@H](N)CO)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 IDLFZVILOHSSID-OVLDLUHVSA-N 0.000 claims description 10
- 229960000258 corticotropin Drugs 0.000 claims description 10
- 229960000265 cromoglicic acid Drugs 0.000 claims description 10
- VLARUOGDXDTHEH-UHFFFAOYSA-L disodium cromoglycate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].O1C(C([O-])=O)=CC(=O)C2=C1C=CC=C2OCC(O)COC1=CC=CC2=C1C(=O)C=C(C([O-])=O)O2 VLARUOGDXDTHEH-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 claims description 10
- 229940105423 erythropoietin Drugs 0.000 claims description 10
- XLXSAKCOAKORKW-AQJXLSMYSA-N gonadorelin Chemical compound C([C@@H](C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N1[C@@H](CCC1)C(=O)NCC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1C2=CC=CC=C2NC=1)NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1N=CNC=1)NC(=O)[C@H]1NC(=O)CC1)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 XLXSAKCOAKORKW-AQJXLSMYSA-N 0.000 claims description 10
- 229940035638 gonadotropin-releasing hormone Drugs 0.000 claims description 10
- 229940079322 interferon Drugs 0.000 claims description 10
- XNOPRXBHLZRZKH-DSZYJQQASA-N oxytocin Chemical compound C([C@H]1C(=O)N[C@H](C(N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CSSC[C@H](N)C(=O)N1)C(=O)N1[C@@H](CCC1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)NCC(N)=O)=O)[C@@H](C)CC)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 XNOPRXBHLZRZKH-DSZYJQQASA-N 0.000 claims description 10
- 229960001723 oxytocin Drugs 0.000 claims description 10
- 239000000575 pesticide Substances 0.000 claims description 10
- OXCMYAYHXIHQOA-UHFFFAOYSA-N potassium;[2-butyl-5-chloro-3-[[4-[2-(1,2,4-triaza-3-azanidacyclopenta-1,4-dien-5-yl)phenyl]phenyl]methyl]imidazol-4-yl]methanol Chemical compound [K+].CCCCC1=NC(Cl)=C(CO)N1CC1=CC=C(C=2C(=CC=CC=2)C2=N[N-]N=N2)C=C1 OXCMYAYHXIHQOA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 10
- NHXLMOGPVYXJNR-ATOGVRKGSA-N somatostatin Chemical compound C([C@H]1C(=O)N[C@H](C(N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](CSSC[C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=2C=CC=CC=2)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=2C=CC=CC=2)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=2C3=CC=CC=C3NC=2)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N[C@H](C(=O)N1)[C@@H](C)O)NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H](C)N)C(O)=O)=O)[C@H](O)C)C1=CC=CC=C1 NHXLMOGPVYXJNR-ATOGVRKGSA-N 0.000 claims description 10
- 229960000553 somatostatin Drugs 0.000 claims description 10
- MYPYJXKWCTUITO-LYRMYLQWSA-N vancomycin Chemical compound O([C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1OC1=C2C=C3C=C1OC1=CC=C(C=C1Cl)[C@@H](O)[C@H](C(N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@H]3C(=O)N[C@H]1C(=O)N[C@H](C(N[C@@H](C3=CC(O)=CC(O)=C3C=3C(O)=CC=C1C=3)C(O)=O)=O)[C@H](O)C1=CC=C(C(=C1)Cl)O2)=O)NC(=O)[C@@H](CC(C)C)NC)[C@H]1C[C@](C)(N)[C@H](O)[C@H](C)O1 MYPYJXKWCTUITO-LYRMYLQWSA-N 0.000 claims description 10
- 229960003165 vancomycin Drugs 0.000 claims description 10
- 229960003726 vasopressin Drugs 0.000 claims description 10
- 238000007865 diluting Methods 0.000 claims description 7
- 239000003086 colorant Substances 0.000 claims description 4
- 239000003085 diluting agent Substances 0.000 claims description 4
- 239000007884 disintegrant Substances 0.000 claims description 4
- 239000000314 lubricant Substances 0.000 claims description 4
- 239000000546 pharmaceutical excipient Substances 0.000 claims description 4
- 239000004014 plasticizer Substances 0.000 claims description 4
- 239000003981 vehicle Substances 0.000 claims description 4
- 239000000095 Growth Hormone-Releasing Hormone Substances 0.000 claims 9
- 102000038461 Growth Hormone-Releasing Hormone Human genes 0.000 claims 9
- 102000000588 Interleukin-2 Human genes 0.000 claims 9
- 108010002350 Interleukin-2 Proteins 0.000 claims 9
- 102100027467 Pro-opiomelanocortin Human genes 0.000 claims 9
- 101710142969 Somatoliberin Proteins 0.000 claims 9
- 108010006025 bovine growth hormone Proteins 0.000 claims 9
- 229920002683 Glycosaminoglycan Polymers 0.000 claims 3
- 239000000232 Lipid Bilayer Substances 0.000 abstract description 7
- 239000012528 membrane Substances 0.000 abstract description 5
- 230000001413 cellular effect Effects 0.000 abstract description 2
- 235000001014 amino acid Nutrition 0.000 description 127
- 229940024606 amino acid Drugs 0.000 description 126
- 102000006992 Interferon-alpha Human genes 0.000 description 124
- 108010047761 Interferon-alpha Proteins 0.000 description 124
- 239000000543 intermediate Substances 0.000 description 51
- 238000000113 differential scanning calorimetry Methods 0.000 description 47
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 44
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 39
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 38
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 36
- 239000000872 buffer Substances 0.000 description 34
- 102000004169 proteins and genes Human genes 0.000 description 32
- 108090000623 proteins and genes Proteins 0.000 description 32
- -1 but not limited to Substances 0.000 description 31
- KILNVBDSWZSGLL-KXQOOQHDSA-N 1,2-dihexadecanoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@H](COP([O-])(=O)OCC[N+](C)(C)C)OC(=O)CCCCCCCCCCCCCCC KILNVBDSWZSGLL-KXQOOQHDSA-N 0.000 description 29
- 235000018102 proteins Nutrition 0.000 description 29
- 239000011550 stock solution Substances 0.000 description 26
- 102000004196 processed proteins & peptides Human genes 0.000 description 23
- 239000008363 phosphate buffer Substances 0.000 description 21
- 0 *=II.*=I[V].*I.I[V](I)I.I[V]I.O=C(O)CCCC1=CC=C(NC(=O)/C=C/C2=CC=CC=C2)C=C1.O=C(O)CCCC1=CC=C(NC(=O)C2=CC=C(O)C=C2O)C=C1.O=C(O)CCCC1=CC=C(NC(=O)C2=CC=CC=C2)C=C1.O=C(O)CCCC1=CC=C(NC(=O)C2=CC=CC=C2)C=C1.O=C(O)CCCC1=CC=C(NC(=O)C2=CC=CC=C2)C=C1.O=C(O)CCCC1=CC=C(NC(=O)C2=CC=CC=C2Cl)C=C1.O=C(O)CCCC1=CC=C(NC(=O)C2=CC=CC=C2F)C=C1.O=C(O)CCCC1=CC=C(NC(=O)C2=CC=CC=C2O)C=C1.O=C(O)CCCC1=CC=C(NC(=O)CCCC2=CC=CC=C2)C=C1.[V]I Chemical compound *=II.*=I[V].*I.I[V](I)I.I[V]I.O=C(O)CCCC1=CC=C(NC(=O)/C=C/C2=CC=CC=C2)C=C1.O=C(O)CCCC1=CC=C(NC(=O)C2=CC=C(O)C=C2O)C=C1.O=C(O)CCCC1=CC=C(NC(=O)C2=CC=CC=C2)C=C1.O=C(O)CCCC1=CC=C(NC(=O)C2=CC=CC=C2)C=C1.O=C(O)CCCC1=CC=C(NC(=O)C2=CC=CC=C2)C=C1.O=C(O)CCCC1=CC=C(NC(=O)C2=CC=CC=C2Cl)C=C1.O=C(O)CCCC1=CC=C(NC(=O)C2=CC=CC=C2F)C=C1.O=C(O)CCCC1=CC=C(NC(=O)C2=CC=CC=C2O)C=C1.O=C(O)CCCC1=CC=C(NC(=O)CCCC2=CC=CC=C2)C=C1.[V]I 0.000 description 18
- 238000002474 experimental method Methods 0.000 description 18
- 125000000524 functional group Chemical group 0.000 description 18
- 238000000111 isothermal titration calorimetry Methods 0.000 description 18
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 description 18
- BXRNXXXXHLBUKK-UHFFFAOYSA-N piperazine-2,5-dione Chemical compound O=C1CNC(=O)CN1 BXRNXXXXHLBUKK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 17
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 description 16
- 229920001308 poly(aminoacid) Polymers 0.000 description 14
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 14
- 241000700159 Rattus Species 0.000 description 13
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 13
- 229940079593 drug Drugs 0.000 description 13
- 125000004178 (C1-C4) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 12
- DHMQDGOQFOQNFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycine Chemical compound NCC(O)=O DHMQDGOQFOQNFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- 229940124447 delivery agent Drugs 0.000 description 12
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 description 12
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 description 12
- 229920001184 polypeptide Polymers 0.000 description 12
- 238000001228 spectrum Methods 0.000 description 12
- 230000007704 transition Effects 0.000 description 12
- 125000003277 amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 11
- 239000000523 sample Substances 0.000 description 11
- HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium hydroxide Inorganic materials [OH-].[Na+] HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 11
- UDSAIICHUKSCKT-UHFFFAOYSA-N bromophenol blue Chemical compound C1=C(Br)C(O)=C(Br)C=C1C1(C=2C=C(Br)C(O)=C(Br)C=2)C2=CC=CC=C2S(=O)(=O)O1 UDSAIICHUKSCKT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 description 10
- 238000001757 thermogravimetry curve Methods 0.000 description 10
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrochloric acid Chemical compound Cl VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- COLNVLDHVKWLRT-QMMMGPOBSA-N L-phenylalanine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CC=CC=C1 COLNVLDHVKWLRT-QMMMGPOBSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 150000002148 esters Chemical class 0.000 description 9
- 125000000956 methoxy group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])O* 0.000 description 9
- COLNVLDHVKWLRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenylalanine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CC1=CC=CC=C1 COLNVLDHVKWLRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 229960005190 phenylalanine Drugs 0.000 description 9
- 235000008729 phenylalanine Nutrition 0.000 description 9
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 9
- 125000002924 primary amino group Chemical group [H]N([H])* 0.000 description 9
- 125000006725 C1-C10 alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 8
- 125000006374 C2-C10 alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 8
- ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-YFKPBYRVSA-N L-leucine Chemical compound CC(C)C[C@H](N)C(O)=O ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-YFKPBYRVSA-N 0.000 description 8
- QIVBCDIJIAJPQS-VIFPVBQESA-N L-tryptophane Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(C[C@H](N)C(O)=O)=CNC2=C1 QIVBCDIJIAJPQS-VIFPVBQESA-N 0.000 description 8
- QIVBCDIJIAJPQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tryptophan Natural products C1=CC=C2C(CC(N)C(O)=O)=CNC2=C1 QIVBCDIJIAJPQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 238000010790 dilution Methods 0.000 description 8
- 239000012895 dilution Substances 0.000 description 8
- 210000002966 serum Anatomy 0.000 description 8
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 8
- 125000006656 (C2-C4) alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 7
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-BYPYZUCNSA-N L-arginine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCCN=C(N)N ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-BYPYZUCNSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 7
- 238000007792 addition Methods 0.000 description 7
- 230000004888 barrier function Effects 0.000 description 7
- 210000004027 cell Anatomy 0.000 description 7
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 7
- 230000000052 comparative effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 238000001727 in vivo Methods 0.000 description 7
- 125000002496 methyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 7
- 238000002156 mixing Methods 0.000 description 7
- 238000004448 titration Methods 0.000 description 7
- 239000004471 Glycine Substances 0.000 description 6
- OUYCCCASQSFEME-QMMMGPOBSA-N L-tyrosine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 OUYCCCASQSFEME-QMMMGPOBSA-N 0.000 description 6
- ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Dimethylformamide Chemical compound CN(C)C=O ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- LRHPLDYGYMQRHN-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Butanol Chemical compound CCCCO LRHPLDYGYMQRHN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 125000003236 benzoyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 6
- 230000004071 biological effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 150000001735 carboxylic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 6
- 238000001142 circular dichroism spectrum Methods 0.000 description 6
- 238000001938 differential scanning calorimetry curve Methods 0.000 description 6
- 229910000162 sodium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 6
- 239000012064 sodium phosphate buffer Substances 0.000 description 6
- 125000004169 (C1-C6) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 125000004399 C1-C4 alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- ZGUNAGUHMKGQNY-ZETCQYMHSA-N L-alpha-phenylglycine zwitterion Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)C1=CC=CC=C1 ZGUNAGUHMKGQNY-ZETCQYMHSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 239000004472 Lysine Substances 0.000 description 5
- 241001465754 Metazoa Species 0.000 description 5
- 239000000654 additive Substances 0.000 description 5
- 150000001408 amides Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 150000008064 anhydrides Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 210000000170 cell membrane Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 238000004737 colorimetric analysis Methods 0.000 description 5
- 238000004925 denaturation Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000036425 denaturation Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000011544 gradient gel Substances 0.000 description 5
- 125000002887 hydroxy group Chemical group [H]O* 0.000 description 5
- 238000011534 incubation Methods 0.000 description 5
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 239000001488 sodium phosphate Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000001225 therapeutic effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- RYFMWSXOAZQYPI-UHFFFAOYSA-K trisodium phosphate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O RYFMWSXOAZQYPI-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 5
- OUYCCCASQSFEME-UHFFFAOYSA-N tyrosine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 OUYCCCASQSFEME-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 229960004441 tyrosine Drugs 0.000 description 5
- 235000002374 tyrosine Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 125000006686 (C1-C24) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 125000000229 (C1-C4)alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 125000006727 (C1-C6) alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- UTGIMLSHGSMIJU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(cyclohexanecarbonylamino)-2-phenylacetic acid Chemical group C=1C=CC=CC=1C(C(=O)O)NC(=O)C1CCCCC1 UTGIMLSHGSMIJU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- YMUHUYBRWUUAJF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-cyclohexylpentanoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CCCCC1CCCCC1 YMUHUYBRWUUAJF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Calcium Chemical compound [Ca] OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- CKLJMWTZIZZHCS-REOHCLBHSA-N L-aspartic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC(O)=O CKLJMWTZIZZHCS-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 4
- WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-VKHMYHEASA-N L-glutamic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCC(O)=O WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 description 4
- KDXKERNSBIXSRK-YFKPBYRVSA-N L-lysine Chemical compound NCCCC[C@H](N)C(O)=O KDXKERNSBIXSRK-YFKPBYRVSA-N 0.000 description 4
- KZSNJWFQEVHDMF-BYPYZUCNSA-N L-valine Chemical compound CC(C)[C@H](N)C(O)=O KZSNJWFQEVHDMF-BYPYZUCNSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 108010019160 Pancreatin Proteins 0.000 description 4
- JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyridine Chemical compound C1=CC=NC=C1 JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229920002684 Sepharose Polymers 0.000 description 4
- DTQVDTLACAAQTR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Trifluoroacetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(F)(F)F DTQVDTLACAAQTR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- WNLRTRBMVRJNCN-UHFFFAOYSA-N adipic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CCCCC(O)=O WNLRTRBMVRJNCN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 150000001371 alpha-amino acids Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 235000008206 alpha-amino acids Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 150000003862 amino acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000013459 approach Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000007864 aqueous solution Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229960005261 aspartic acid Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 229960003773 calcitonin (salmon synthetic) Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 239000011575 calcium Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229910052791 calcium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 238000002983 circular dichroism Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000001419 dependent effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000013461 design Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000012470 diluted sample Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000002532 enzyme inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000001914 filtration Methods 0.000 description 4
- 229960002989 glutamic acid Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 229910052736 halogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 150000002367 halogens Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 229940055695 pancreatin Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 238000006116 polymerization reaction Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 description 4
- 108010068072 salmon calcitonin Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 239000011734 sodium Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000000087 stabilizing effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- OGQFWMJZYVTUSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-amino-2-(benzenesulfonyl)benzoic acid Chemical compound NC1=CC=C(C(O)=O)C(S(=O)(=O)C=2C=CC=CC=2)=C1 OGQFWMJZYVTUSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetic acid Chemical compound CC(O)=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- WFDIJRYMOXRFFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetic anhydride Chemical compound CC(=O)OC(C)=O WFDIJRYMOXRFFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetonitrile Chemical compound CC#N WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 108010039627 Aprotinin Proteins 0.000 description 3
- UHOVQNZJYSORNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Benzene Chemical group C1=CC=CC=C1 UHOVQNZJYSORNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 102000004190 Enzymes Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108090000790 Enzymes Proteins 0.000 description 3
- PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycerine Chemical compound OCC(O)CO PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M Ilexoside XXIX Chemical compound C[C@@H]1CC[C@@]2(CC[C@@]3(C(=CC[C@H]4[C@]3(CC[C@@H]5[C@@]4(CC[C@@H](C5(C)C)OS(=O)(=O)[O-])C)C)[C@@H]2[C@]1(C)O)C)C(=O)O[C@H]6[C@@H]([C@H]([C@@H]([C@H](O6)CO)O)O)O.[Na+] DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M 0.000 description 3
- OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanol Chemical compound OC OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- KWYUFKZDYYNOTN-UHFFFAOYSA-M Potassium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[K+] KWYUFKZDYYNOTN-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propylene glycol Chemical compound CC(O)CO DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Toluene Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC=C1 YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Triethylamine Chemical compound CCN(CC)CC ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000011111 UV-scan method Methods 0.000 description 3
- XJLATMLVMSFZBN-VYDXJSESSA-N actinonin Chemical compound CCCCC[C@H](CC(=O)NO)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)N1CCC[C@H]1CO XJLATMLVMSFZBN-VYDXJSESSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 230000010933 acylation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000005917 acylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 150000001412 amines Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 229940124277 aminobutyric acid Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 235000003704 aspartic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 238000003556 assay Methods 0.000 description 3
- OQFSQFPPLPISGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N beta-carboxyaspartic acid Natural products OC(=O)C(N)C(C(O)=O)C(O)=O OQFSQFPPLPISGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 210000004369 blood Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 239000008280 blood Substances 0.000 description 3
- KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N citric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CC(O)(C(O)=O)CC(O)=O KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 230000000295 complement effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000009833 condensation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000005494 condensation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 125000004122 cyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- RVOJTCZRIKWHDX-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclohexanecarbonyl chloride Chemical compound ClC(=O)C1CCCCC1 RVOJTCZRIKWHDX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000000502 dialysis Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000010828 elution Methods 0.000 description 3
- 229940088598 enzyme Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 238000011156 evaluation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000005284 excitation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000005194 fractionation Methods 0.000 description 3
- BTCSSZJGUNDROE-UHFFFAOYSA-N gamma-aminobutyric acid Chemical compound NCCCC(O)=O BTCSSZJGUNDROE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000004220 glutamic acid Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000003112 inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000003993 interaction Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229940065638 intron a Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 229960003136 leucine Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 3
- 125000004433 nitrogen atom Chemical group N* 0.000 description 3
- 238000003305 oral gavage Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000003960 organic solvent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000012856 packing Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000005192 partition Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000008055 phosphate buffer solution Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000002244 precipitate Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000011160 research Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000010254 subcutaneous injection Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000007929 subcutaneous injection Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229940124597 therapeutic agent Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 230000032258 transport Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229960004295 valine Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 125000004191 (C1-C6) alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- FUOOLUPWFVMBKG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-Aminoisobutyric acid Chemical compound CC(C)(N)C(O)=O FUOOLUPWFVMBKG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- LSKOJLKNJUNBAC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-benzamidoacetyl chloride Chemical compound ClC(=O)CNC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 LSKOJLKNJUNBAC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- UVZMNGNFERVGRC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-cyclohexylbutanoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CCCC1CCCCC1 UVZMNGNFERVGRC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7553-56-2 Chemical compound [I] ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 244000215068 Acacia senegal Species 0.000 description 2
- 235000006491 Acacia senegal Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000004475 Arginine Substances 0.000 description 2
- WKBOTKDWSSQWDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Bromine atom Chemical compound [Br] WKBOTKDWSSQWDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- CXVBXWXBMFMZJA-UHFFFAOYSA-N CCC(C)=O.CN Chemical compound CCC(C)=O.CN CXVBXWXBMFMZJA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon Chemical compound [C] OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000004215 Carbon black (E152) Substances 0.000 description 2
- ZAMOUSCENKQFHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chlorine atom Chemical compound [Cl] ZAMOUSCENKQFHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- VZFUCHSFHOYXIS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cycloheptanecarboxylic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1CCCCCC1 VZFUCHSFHOYXIS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N D-Mannitol Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N 0.000 description 2
- CKLJMWTZIZZHCS-UHFFFAOYSA-N D-OH-Asp Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CC(O)=O CKLJMWTZIZZHCS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108010010803 Gelatin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glutamic acid Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCC(O)=O WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 102000018997 Growth Hormone Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010051696 Growth Hormone Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 229920000084 Gum arabic Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 241000238631 Hexapoda Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000282412 Homo Species 0.000 description 2
- PMMYEEVYMWASQN-DMTCNVIQSA-N Hydroxyproline Chemical compound O[C@H]1CN[C@H](C(O)=O)C1 PMMYEEVYMWASQN-DMTCNVIQSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Isopropanol Chemical compound CC(C)O KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- YQEZLKZALYSWHR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ketamine Chemical compound C=1C=CC=C(Cl)C=1C1(NC)CCCCC1=O YQEZLKZALYSWHR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XUJNEKJLAYXESH-REOHCLBHSA-N L-Cysteine Chemical compound SC[C@H](N)C(O)=O XUJNEKJLAYXESH-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 2
- AHLPHDHHMVZTML-BYPYZUCNSA-N L-Ornithine Chemical compound NCCC[C@H](N)C(O)=O AHLPHDHHMVZTML-BYPYZUCNSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QNAYBMKLOCPYGJ-REOHCLBHSA-N L-alanine Chemical compound C[C@H](N)C(O)=O QNAYBMKLOCPYGJ-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 235000014852 L-arginine Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229930064664 L-arginine Natural products 0.000 description 2
- ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-BYPYZUCNSA-P L-argininium(2+) Chemical compound NC(=[NH2+])NCCC[C@H]([NH3+])C(O)=O ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-BYPYZUCNSA-P 0.000 description 2
- RHGKLRLOHDJJDR-BYPYZUCNSA-N L-citrulline Chemical compound NC(=O)NCCC[C@H]([NH3+])C([O-])=O RHGKLRLOHDJJDR-BYPYZUCNSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Leucine Natural products CC(C)CC(N)C(O)=O ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KDXKERNSBIXSRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lysine Natural products NCCCCC(N)C(O)=O KDXKERNSBIXSRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- JGFZNNIVVJXRND-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Diisopropylethylamine (DIPEA) Chemical compound CCN(C(C)C)C(C)C JGFZNNIVVJXRND-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- RHGKLRLOHDJJDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ndelta-carbamoyl-DL-ornithine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCCNC(N)=O RHGKLRLOHDJJDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- AHLPHDHHMVZTML-UHFFFAOYSA-N Orn-delta-NH2 Natural products NCCCC(N)C(O)=O AHLPHDHHMVZTML-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- UTJLXEIPEHZYQJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ornithine Natural products OC(=O)C(C)CCCN UTJLXEIPEHZYQJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910019142 PO4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000002202 Polyethylene glycol Substances 0.000 description 2
- WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tetrahydrofuran Chemical compound C1CCOC1 WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KZSNJWFQEVHDMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Valine Natural products CC(C)C(N)C(O)=O KZSNJWFQEVHDMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000002835 absorbance Methods 0.000 description 2
- 235000010489 acacia gum Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- WETWJCDKMRHUPV-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetyl chloride Chemical compound CC(Cl)=O WETWJCDKMRHUPV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000012346 acetyl chloride Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000007513 acids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- XJLATMLVMSFZBN-UHFFFAOYSA-N actinonine Natural products CCCCCC(CC(=O)NO)C(=O)NC(C(C)C)C(=O)N1CCCC1CO XJLATMLVMSFZBN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229960000250 adipic acid Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 235000011037 adipic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 230000002411 adverse Effects 0.000 description 2
- 235000004279 alanine Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000012670 alkaline solution Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000003368 amide group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 229960004405 aprotinin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N arginine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCCNC(N)=N ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 235000009697 arginine Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229960003121 arginine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 210000001367 artery Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000002585 base Substances 0.000 description 2
- CSKNSYBAZOQPLR-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzenesulfonyl chloride Chemical group ClS(=O)(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 CSKNSYBAZOQPLR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- PASDCCFISLVPSO-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzoyl chloride Chemical compound ClC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 PASDCCFISLVPSO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000001797 benzyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 2
- UCMIRNVEIXFBKS-UHFFFAOYSA-N beta-alanine Chemical compound NCCC(O)=O UCMIRNVEIXFBKS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KGBXLFKZBHKPEV-UHFFFAOYSA-N boric acid Chemical compound OB(O)O KGBXLFKZBHKPEV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000004327 boric acid Substances 0.000 description 2
- GDTBXPJZTBHREO-UHFFFAOYSA-N bromine Substances BrBr GDTBXPJZTBHREO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910052794 bromium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 238000007707 calorimetry Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000002775 capsule Substances 0.000 description 2
- CEDDGDWODCGBFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N carbamimidoylazanium;hydron;phosphate Chemical compound NC(N)=N.OP(O)(O)=O CEDDGDWODCGBFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 125000004432 carbon atom Chemical group C* 0.000 description 2
- 239000000460 chlorine Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052801 chlorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- ZPEIMTDSQAKGNT-UHFFFAOYSA-N chlorpromazine Chemical compound C1=C(Cl)C=C2N(CCCN(C)C)C3=CC=CC=C3SC2=C1 ZPEIMTDSQAKGNT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229960001076 chlorpromazine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 235000013477 citrulline Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229960002173 citrulline Drugs 0.000 description 2
- CIYPNZYEUZQIHN-UHFFFAOYSA-N cycloheptanecarbonyl chloride Chemical compound ClC(=O)C1CCCCCC1 CIYPNZYEUZQIHN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000000113 cyclohexyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- WEPUZBYKXNKSDH-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclopentanecarbonyl chloride Chemical compound ClC(=O)C1CCCC1 WEPUZBYKXNKSDH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- JBDSSBMEKXHSJF-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclopentanecarboxylic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1CCCC1 JBDSSBMEKXHSJF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XUJNEKJLAYXESH-UHFFFAOYSA-N cysteine Natural products SCC(N)C(O)=O XUJNEKJLAYXESH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 235000018417 cysteine Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 238000010908 decantation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000008367 deionised water Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910021641 deionized water Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 125000002147 dimethylamino group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])N(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 238000010494 dissociation reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000005593 dissociations Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000004090 dissolution Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000012153 distilled water Substances 0.000 description 2
- PMMYEEVYMWASQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N dl-hydroxyproline Natural products OC1C[NH2+]C(C([O-])=O)C1 PMMYEEVYMWASQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000012377 drug delivery Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000009510 drug design Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000007515 enzymatic degradation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 150000003948 formamides Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 210000001035 gastrointestinal tract Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000000499 gel Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000008273 gelatin Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920000159 gelatin Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 235000019322 gelatine Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 235000011852 gelatine desserts Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 235000013922 glutamic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000000122 growth hormone Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940088597 hormone Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000005556 hormone Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229930195733 hydrocarbon Natural products 0.000 description 2
- 150000002430 hydrocarbons Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 229960002591 hydroxyproline Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 230000005764 inhibitory process Effects 0.000 description 2
- ZPNFWUPYTFPOJU-LPYSRVMUSA-N iniprol Chemical compound C([C@H]1C(=O)NCC(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@H]2CSSC[C@H]3C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@H](C(N[C@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=4C=CC(O)=CC=4)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=4C=CC=CC=4)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=4C=CC(O)=CC=4)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CSSC[C@H](NC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H](CCCCN)NC(=O)[C@H](CC=4C=CC=CC=4)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCCNC(N)=N)NC(=O)[C@H](CCCCN)NC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)[C@H](CCCNC(N)=N)NC2=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCSC)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CSSC[C@H](NC(=O)[C@H](CC=2C=CC=CC=2)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H]2N(CCC2)C(=O)[C@@H](N)CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N2[C@@H](CCC2)C(=O)N2[C@@H](CCC2)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=2C=CC(O)=CC=2)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(=O)NCC(=O)N2[C@@H](CCC2)C(=O)N3)C(=O)NCC(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=2C=CC=CC=2)C(=O)N[C@H](C(=O)N1)C(C)C)[C@@H](C)O)[C@@H](C)CC)=O)[C@@H](C)CC)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 ZPNFWUPYTFPOJU-LPYSRVMUSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910052740 iodine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000011630 iodine Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229960003299 ketamine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 235000005772 leucine Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000018977 lysine Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229960003646 lysine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000003550 marker Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920000609 methyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000001923 methylcellulose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000010981 methylcellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000003607 modifier Substances 0.000 description 2
- 210000000056 organ Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 229960003104 ornithine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000008177 pharmaceutical agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K phosphate Chemical compound [O-]P([O-])([O-])=O NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 2
- 239000010452 phosphate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920001223 polyethylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920001282 polysaccharide Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000005017 polysaccharide Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000001556 precipitation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 2
- UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridine Natural products COC1=CC=CN=C1 UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000000646 scanning calorimetry Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229910052708 sodium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000013222 sprague-dawley male rat Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000001424 substituent group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 2
- FGMPLJWBKKVCDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N trans-L-hydroxy-proline Natural products ON1CCCC1C(O)=O FGMPLJWBKKVCDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000000876 trifluoromethoxy group Chemical group FC(F)(F)O* 0.000 description 2
- 239000004474 valine Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000005303 weighing Methods 0.000 description 2
- OGNSCSPNOLGXSM-UHFFFAOYSA-N (+/-)-DABA Natural products NCCC(N)C(O)=O OGNSCSPNOLGXSM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MTCFGRXMJLQNBG-REOHCLBHSA-N (2S)-2-Amino-3-hydroxypropansäure Chemical compound OC[C@H](N)C(O)=O MTCFGRXMJLQNBG-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZULQBNBUPLRZHQ-LMECJBHSSA-N (2s)-2-amino-3-[2-(carboxymethyl)phenyl]propanoic acid;(2s)-2-amino-4-methylpentanoic acid Chemical compound CC(C)C[C@H](N)C(O)=O.OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CC=CC=C1CC(O)=O ZULQBNBUPLRZHQ-LMECJBHSSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000006701 (C1-C7) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- PXGZQGDTEZPERC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,4-cyclohexanedicarboxylic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1CCC(C(O)=O)CC1 PXGZQGDTEZPERC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- REHQLKUNRPCYEW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-methylcyclohexane-1-carboxylic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1(C)CCCCC1 REHQLKUNRPCYEW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZOSBAYFWABIRBV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-pentylcyclohexane-1-carboxylic acid Chemical compound CCCCCC1(C(O)=O)CCCCC1 ZOSBAYFWABIRBV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NOGFHTGYPKWWRX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,2,6,6-tetramethyloxan-4-one Chemical compound CC1(C)CC(=O)CC(C)(C)O1 NOGFHTGYPKWWRX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZZLJQLACEKVNRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(4-aminophenyl)-2-ethyl-3-oxo-5-phenylpent-4-enoic acid Chemical compound C=1C=C(N)C=CC=1C(C(O)=O)(CC)C(=O)C=CC1=CC=CC=C1 ZZLJQLACEKVNRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JKZQLRKDRMYUKP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(4-aminophenyl)-2-ethyl-3-oxo-5-phenylpentanoic acid Chemical compound C=1C=C(N)C=CC=1C(C(O)=O)(CC)C(=O)CCC1=CC=CC=C1 JKZQLRKDRMYUKP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QWCKQJZIFLGMSD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-Aminobutanoic acid Natural products CCC(N)C(O)=O QWCKQJZIFLGMSD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NGNBDVOYPDDBFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[2,4-di(pentan-2-yl)phenoxy]acetyl chloride Chemical compound CCCC(C)C1=CC=C(OCC(Cl)=O)C(C(C)CCC)=C1 NGNBDVOYPDDBFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NHQADNKMXKJIPE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-amino-3-(benzenesulfonyl)-2-phenylbutanoic acid Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1S(=O)(=O)C(C)C(N)(C(O)=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 NHQADNKMXKJIPE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QDGAVODICPCDMU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-amino-3-[3-[bis(2-chloroethyl)amino]phenyl]propanoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(N)CC1=CC=CC(N(CCCl)CCCl)=C1 QDGAVODICPCDMU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UBXUDSPYIGPGGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-azaniumyl-2-phenylbutanoate Chemical compound CCC(N)(C(O)=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 UBXUDSPYIGPGGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GTOFKXZQQDSVFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-benzylsuccinic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CC(C(O)=O)CC1=CC=CC=C1 GTOFKXZQQDSVFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CPBJMKMKNCRKQB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3,3-bis(4-hydroxy-3-methylphenyl)-2-benzofuran-1-one Chemical compound C1=C(O)C(C)=CC(C2(C3=CC=CC=C3C(=O)O2)C=2C=C(C)C(O)=CC=2)=C1 CPBJMKMKNCRKQB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XMIIGOLPHOKFCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-phenylpropionic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CCC1=CC=CC=C1 XMIIGOLPHOKFCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FEJUPMPORLHXGG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-(2-aminophenyl)butanoic acid Chemical compound NC1=CC=CC=C1CCCC(O)=O FEJUPMPORLHXGG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ALYNCZNDIQEVRV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-aminobenzoic acid Chemical compound NC1=CC=C(C(O)=O)C=C1 ALYNCZNDIQEVRV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GTVVZTAFGPQSPC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-nitrophenylalanine Chemical compound OC(=O)C(N)CC1=CC=C([N+]([O-])=O)C=C1 GTVVZTAFGPQSPC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SLXKOJJOQWFEFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6-aminohexanoic acid Chemical compound NCCCCCC(O)=O SLXKOJJOQWFEFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YZLJCDLEUKPEFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6-cyclopentylhexanoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CCCCCC1CCCC1 YZLJCDLEUKPEFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XDOLZJYETYVRKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7-Aminoheptanoic acid Chemical compound NCCCCCCC(O)=O XDOLZJYETYVRKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FWEOQOXTVHGIFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 8-anilinonaphthalene-1-sulfonic acid Chemical compound C=12C(S(=O)(=O)O)=CC=CC2=CC=CC=1NC1=CC=CC=C1 FWEOQOXTVHGIFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 101100515508 Arabidopsis thaliana XI-D gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- DCXYFEDJOCDNAF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Asparagine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CC(N)=O DCXYFEDJOCDNAF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000271566 Aves Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000283690 Bos taurus Species 0.000 description 1
- HHMQVIWSJBRJBN-WYMLVPIESA-N C/C(/C(Nc1ccc(C)cc1)=O)=C\c1ccccc1 Chemical compound C/C(/C(Nc1ccc(C)cc1)=O)=C\c1ccccc1 HHMQVIWSJBRJBN-WYMLVPIESA-N 0.000 description 1
- MRVGOCNFLHTWTL-ACCUITESSA-N C/C(=C\C1=CC=CC=C1)C(=O)NC1=CC=C(CC(=O)O)C=C1 Chemical compound C/C(=C\C1=CC=CC=C1)C(=O)NC1=CC=C(CC(=O)O)C=C1 MRVGOCNFLHTWTL-ACCUITESSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WSFSSNUMVMOOMR-UHFFFAOYSA-N C=O Chemical compound C=O WSFSSNUMVMOOMR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BPKZKXYTOMPAHJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC(=O)N(C)CC(=O)O.[V] Chemical compound CC(=O)N(C)CC(=O)O.[V] BPKZKXYTOMPAHJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC(C)=O Chemical compound CC(C)=O CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XBDQKXXYIPTUBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N CCC(=O)O.[H]N Chemical compound CCC(=O)O.[H]N XBDQKXXYIPTUBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YUVKBQBEMSNICC-BORNJIKYSA-N CN1CCC(=O)/C=N\CCC1=O.II Chemical compound CN1CCC(=O)/C=N\CCC1=O.II YUVKBQBEMSNICC-BORNJIKYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OVBKHRHEGVEZBN-UHFFFAOYSA-N COC1=CC2=C(C=C1)C=C(C(C)C(=O)NC1=CC=C(CCCC(=O)O)C=C1)C=C2.O=C(CCCC1=CC=C(NC(=O)C2=CC=CC=C2O)C=C1)NO.O=C(CCCC1=CC=CC=C1)NC1=CC=C(CCCC(=O)NC(CC2=CC=CC=C2)C(=O)O)C=C1.O=C(O)CCCC1=CC=C(NC(=O)C2=C(O)C=CC(C3=C(F)C=C(F)C=C3)=C2)C=C1.O=C(O)CCCC1=CC=C(NC(=O)C2=CC=C(C(=O)NC3=CC=C(CCCC(=O)O)C=C3)C=C2)C=C1.O=C(O)CCCC1=CC=C(NC(=O)CCOC2=CC=CC=C2)C=C1.O=C(O)CCCC1=CC=C(NCC2=CC=CC=C2O)C=C1.O=C(O)CCNC(=O)C1=CC=C(NC(=O)C2=CC=CC=C2O)C=C1 Chemical compound COC1=CC2=C(C=C1)C=C(C(C)C(=O)NC1=CC=C(CCCC(=O)O)C=C1)C=C2.O=C(CCCC1=CC=C(NC(=O)C2=CC=CC=C2O)C=C1)NO.O=C(CCCC1=CC=CC=C1)NC1=CC=C(CCCC(=O)NC(CC2=CC=CC=C2)C(=O)O)C=C1.O=C(O)CCCC1=CC=C(NC(=O)C2=C(O)C=CC(C3=C(F)C=C(F)C=C3)=C2)C=C1.O=C(O)CCCC1=CC=C(NC(=O)C2=CC=C(C(=O)NC3=CC=C(CCCC(=O)O)C=C3)C=C2)C=C1.O=C(O)CCCC1=CC=C(NC(=O)CCOC2=CC=CC=C2)C=C1.O=C(O)CCCC1=CC=C(NCC2=CC=CC=C2O)C=C1.O=C(O)CCNC(=O)C1=CC=C(NC(=O)C2=CC=CC=C2O)C=C1 OVBKHRHEGVEZBN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WWZKQHOCKIZLMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Caprylic acid Natural products CCCCCCCC(O)=O WWZKQHOCKIZLMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000009016 Cholera Toxin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010049048 Cholera Toxin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108090000317 Chymotrypsin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- GVOUFPWUYJWQSK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cyclofenil Chemical group C1=CC(OC(=O)C)=CC=C1C(C=1C=CC(OC(C)=O)=CC=1)=C1CCCCC1 GVOUFPWUYJWQSK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000018832 Cytochromes Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010052832 Cytochromes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- AHLPHDHHMVZTML-SCSAIBSYSA-N D-Ornithine Chemical compound NCCC[C@@H](N)C(O)=O AHLPHDHHMVZTML-SCSAIBSYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QOSSAOTZNIDXMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dicylcohexylcarbodiimide Chemical compound C1CCCCC1N=C=NC1CCCCC1 QOSSAOTZNIDXMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010016626 Dipeptides Proteins 0.000 description 1
- QXNVGIXVLWOKEQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Disodium Chemical compound [Na][Na] QXNVGIXVLWOKEQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000012286 ELISA Assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 102000001554 Hemoglobins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010054147 Hemoglobins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen Chemical compound [H][H] UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241001268311 Icta Species 0.000 description 1
- 102000000589 Interleukin-1 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010002352 Interleukin-1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000007836 KH2PO4 Substances 0.000 description 1
- SNDPXSYFESPGGJ-BYPYZUCNSA-N L-2-aminopentanoic acid Chemical compound CCC[C@H](N)C(O)=O SNDPXSYFESPGGJ-BYPYZUCNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CKLJMWTZIZZHCS-UWTATZPHSA-N L-Aspartic acid Natural products OC(=O)[C@H](N)CC(O)=O CKLJMWTZIZZHCS-UWTATZPHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000019766 L-Lysine Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- ONIBWKKTOPOVIA-BYPYZUCNSA-N L-Proline Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H]1CCCN1 ONIBWKKTOPOVIA-BYPYZUCNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QWCKQJZIFLGMSD-VKHMYHEASA-N L-alpha-aminobutyric acid Chemical compound CC[C@H](N)C(O)=O QWCKQJZIFLGMSD-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000008535 L-arginines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- DCXYFEDJOCDNAF-REOHCLBHSA-N L-asparagine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC(N)=O DCXYFEDJOCDNAF-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LEVWYRKDKASIDU-IMJSIDKUSA-N L-cystine Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)[C@@H]([NH3+])CSSC[C@H]([NH3+])C([O-])=O LEVWYRKDKASIDU-IMJSIDKUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-VKHMYHEASA-N L-glutamine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCC(N)=O ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 description 1
- HNDVDQJCIGZPNO-YFKPBYRVSA-N L-histidine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CN=CN1 HNDVDQJCIGZPNO-YFKPBYRVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AGPKZVBTJJNPAG-WHFBIAKZSA-N L-isoleucine Chemical compound CC[C@H](C)[C@H](N)C(O)=O AGPKZVBTJJNPAG-WHFBIAKZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004395 L-leucine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019454 L-leucine Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- FFEARJCKVFRZRR-BYPYZUCNSA-N L-methionine Chemical compound CSCC[C@H](N)C(O)=O FFEARJCKVFRZRR-BYPYZUCNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UCUNFLYVYCGDHP-BYPYZUCNSA-N L-methionine sulfone Chemical compound CS(=O)(=O)CC[C@H](N)C(O)=O UCUNFLYVYCGDHP-BYPYZUCNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SNDPXSYFESPGGJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N L-norVal-OH Natural products CCCC(N)C(O)=O SNDPXSYFESPGGJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LRQKBLKVPFOOQJ-YFKPBYRVSA-N L-norleucine Chemical compound CCCC[C@H]([NH3+])C([O-])=O LRQKBLKVPFOOQJ-YFKPBYRVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000008547 L-phenylalanines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- DZLNHFMRPBPULJ-VKHMYHEASA-N L-thioproline Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H]1CSCN1 DZLNHFMRPBPULJ-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 description 1
- AYFVYJQAPQTCCC-GBXIJSLDSA-N L-threonine Chemical compound C[C@@H](O)[C@H](N)C(O)=O AYFVYJQAPQTCCC-GBXIJSLDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000510 L-tryptophano group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C2N([H])C([H])=C(C([H])([H])[C@@]([H])(C(O[H])=O)N([H])[*])C2=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- 241001268418 Lixa Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000124008 Mammalia Species 0.000 description 1
- 102000016943 Muramidase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010014251 Muramidase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100030856 Myoglobin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010062374 Myoglobin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010062010 N-Acetylmuramoyl-L-alanine Amidase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010028980 Neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- PUESBOOZFOWIPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N O=C(CC1=C(O)C=CC=C1)NC1=CC(O)=C(C(=O)O)C=C1 Chemical compound O=C(CC1=C(O)C=CC=C1)NC1=CC(O)=C(C(=O)O)C=C1 PUESBOOZFOWIPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SFQNOHQXMYREFV-UHFFFAOYSA-N O=C(O)CCCC1=CC=C(NC(=O)CCC(O)C2=CC=CC=C2)C=C1 Chemical compound O=C(O)CCCC1=CC=C(NC(=O)CCC(O)C2=CC=CC=C2)C=C1 SFQNOHQXMYREFV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MOGAUQWSGDNMAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N O=C(O)CCCNS(=O)(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 Chemical compound O=C(O)CCCNS(=O)(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 MOGAUQWSGDNMAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XPNBMNLUABKGQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N O=C1CCNC(=O)CCN1 Chemical compound O=C1CCNC(=O)CCN1 XPNBMNLUABKGQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108020002230 Pancreatic Ribonuclease Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000005891 Pancreatic ribonuclease Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000526 Papain Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010039918 Polylysine Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010005991 Pork Regular Insulin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000288906 Primates Species 0.000 description 1
- ONIBWKKTOPOVIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Proline Natural products OC(=O)C1CCCN1 ONIBWKKTOPOVIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000007327 Protamines Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010007568 Protamines Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000004365 Protease Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108010076504 Protein Sorting Signals Proteins 0.000 description 1
- MTCFGRXMJLQNBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Serine Natural products OCC(N)C(O)=O MTCFGRXMJLQNBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Succinic acid Natural products OC(=O)CCC(O)=O KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AYFVYJQAPQTCCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Threonine Natural products CC(O)C(N)C(O)=O AYFVYJQAPQTCCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004473 Threonine Substances 0.000 description 1
- ONJSZLXSECQROL-UHFFFAOYSA-N [H]N(CC(=O)O)C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1O Chemical compound [H]N(CC(=O)O)C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1O ONJSZLXSECQROL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000010521 absorption reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000000862 absorption spectrum Methods 0.000 description 1
- NJNXYQNWJJIBSW-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetic acid;1-cyclohexyl-4-methylbenzene Chemical compound CC(O)=O.C1=CC(C)=CC=C1C1CCCCC1 NJNXYQNWJJIBSW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000003916 acid precipitation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000001266 acyl halides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000003670 adamantan-2-yl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C(C2([H])[H])([H])C([H])([H])C3([H])C([*])([H])C1([H])C([H])([H])C2([H])C3([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- JIMXXGFJRDUSRO-UHFFFAOYSA-N adamantane-1-carboxylic acid Chemical compound C1C(C2)CC3CC2CC1(C(=O)O)C3 JIMXXGFJRDUSRO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000001361 adipic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002671 adjuvant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003513 alkali Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052783 alkali metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 125000004453 alkoxycarbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002877 alkyl aryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- ZGUNAGUHMKGQNY-UHFFFAOYSA-N alpha-phenylglycine Chemical compound OC(=O)C(N)C1=CC=CC=C1 ZGUNAGUHMKGQNY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000004075 alteration Effects 0.000 description 1
- PNEYBMLMFCGWSK-UHFFFAOYSA-N aluminium oxide Inorganic materials [O-2].[O-2].[O-2].[Al+3].[Al+3] PNEYBMLMFCGWSK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004050 aminobenzoic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960002684 aminocaproic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000000845 anti-microbial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003429 antifungal agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940121375 antifungal agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000004599 antimicrobial Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000000149 argon plasma sintering Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000008430 aromatic amides Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 235000009582 asparagine Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960001230 asparagine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- GONOPSZTUGRENK-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzyl(trichloro)silane Chemical compound Cl[Si](Cl)(Cl)CC1=CC=CC=C1 GONOPSZTUGRENK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940000635 beta-alanine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000000975 bioactive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000008033 biological extinction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920001222 biopolymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000036765 blood level Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000009835 boiling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007853 buffer solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008366 buffered solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 244000309464 bull Species 0.000 description 1
- 238000004364 calculation method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000001718 carbodiimides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000014633 carbohydrates Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000002915 carbonyl group Chemical group [*:2]C([*:1])=O 0.000 description 1
- 150000003857 carboxamides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- UHBYWPGGCSDKFX-UHFFFAOYSA-N carboxyglutamic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(N)CC(C(O)=O)C(O)=O UHBYWPGGCSDKFX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000007942 carboxylates Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000000969 carrier Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001876 chaperonelike Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000007810 chemical reaction solvent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003638 chemical reducing agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960002376 chymotrypsin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000003776 cleavage reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004440 column chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005056 compaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007859 condensation product Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000012790 confirmation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000470 constituent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002537 cosmetic Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007822 coupling agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- IMZMKUWMOSJXDT-UHFFFAOYSA-N cromoglycic acid Chemical compound O1C(C(O)=O)=CC(=O)C2=C1C=CC=C2OCC(O)COC1=CC=CC2=C1C(=O)C=C(C(O)=O)O2 IMZMKUWMOSJXDT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000001186 cumulative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006074 cyclodimerization reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960002944 cyclofenil Drugs 0.000 description 1
- HJZLEGIHUQOJBA-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclohexane propionic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CCC1CCCCC1 HJZLEGIHUQOJBA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QSAWQNUELGIYBC-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclohexane-1,2-dicarboxylic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1CCCCC1C(O)=O QSAWQNUELGIYBC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XBZSBBLNHFMTEB-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclohexane-1,3-dicarboxylic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1CCCC(C(O)=O)C1 XBZSBBLNHFMTEB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JOHUAELJNSBTGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclohexanecarbonyl cyclohexanecarboxylate Chemical compound C1CCCCC1C(=O)OC(=O)C1CCCCC1 JOHUAELJNSBTGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960003067 cystine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000018044 dehydration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006297 dehydration reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003398 denaturant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001514 detection method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003599 detergent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 102000038379 digestive enzymes Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108091007734 digestive enzymes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000000539 dimer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000006471 dimerization reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940042399 direct acting antivirals protease inhibitors Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000002296 dynamic light scattering Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000009881 electrostatic interaction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000012202 endocytosis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002702 enteric coating Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000009505 enteric coating Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000006862 enzymatic digestion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006911 enzymatic reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011067 equilibration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000004185 ester group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- FPIQZBQZKBKLEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl 1-[[2-chloroethyl(nitroso)carbamoyl]amino]cyclohexane-1-carboxylate Chemical compound ClCCN(N=O)C(=O)NC1(C(=O)OCC)CCCCC1 FPIQZBQZKBKLEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004494 ethyl ester group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001495 ethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 230000001747 exhibiting effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000000605 extraction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000706 filtrate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012467 final product Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001506 fluorescence spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005755 formation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003205 fragrance Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960003692 gamma aminobutyric acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000002496 gastric effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000011521 glass Substances 0.000 description 1
- ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-UHFFFAOYSA-N glutamine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCC(N)=O ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000004676 glycans Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000001072 heteroaryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005343 heterocyclic alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- HNDVDQJCIGZPNO-UHFFFAOYSA-N histidine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CC1=CN=CN1 HNDVDQJCIGZPNO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000007062 hydrolysis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006460 hydrolysis reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003301 hydrolyzing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000001165 hydrophobic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002349 hydroxyamino group Chemical group [H]ON([H])[*] 0.000 description 1
- 238000003018 immunoassay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012535 impurity Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002198 insoluble material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000010354 integration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000025563 intercellular transport Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940047124 interferons Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000009878 intermolecular interaction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000010189 intracellular transport Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003402 intramolecular cyclocondensation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008863 intramolecular interaction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004255 ion exchange chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960000310 isoleucine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- AGPKZVBTJJNPAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N isoleucine Natural products CCC(C)C(N)C(O)=O AGPKZVBTJJNPAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000002502 liposome Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000011068 loading method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003055 low molecular weight heparin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940127215 low-molecular weight heparin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000004325 lysozyme Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960000274 lysozyme Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000010335 lysozyme Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920002521 macromolecule Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000014759 maintenance of location Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000010355 mannitol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002844 melting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008018 melting Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910000000 metal hydroxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000004692 metal hydroxides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229930182817 methionine Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 239000003094 microcapsule Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910000402 monopotassium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 210000004877 mucosa Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000002703 mutagenesis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 231100000350 mutagenesis Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- ITFVSOSPSXRHDM-HNNXBMFYSA-N n-[(2s)-1-oxo-3-phenylpropan-2-yl]cyclohexanecarboxamide Chemical compound C([C@@H](C=O)NC(=O)C1CCCCC1)C1=CC=CC=C1 ITFVSOSPSXRHDM-HNNXBMFYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FUZZWVXGSFPDMH-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-hexanoic acid Natural products CCCCCC(O)=O FUZZWVXGSFPDMH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SNMVRZFUUCLYTO-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-propyl chloride Chemical compound CCCCl SNMVRZFUUCLYTO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229930014626 natural product Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 230000007935 neutral effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000000633 nuclear envelope Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000003287 optical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000003463 organelle Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 125000004430 oxygen atom Chemical group O* 0.000 description 1
- 229940055729 papain Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000019834 papain Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000137 peptide hydrolase inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000816 peptidomimetic Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002831 pharmacologic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000144 pharmacologic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000000951 phenoxy group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(O*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- BZQFBWGGLXLEPQ-REOHCLBHSA-N phosphoserine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)COP(O)(O)=O BZQFBWGGLXLEPQ-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920000656 polylysine Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004810 polytetrafluoroethylene Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920001343 polytetrafluoroethylene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- GNSKLFRGEWLPPA-UHFFFAOYSA-M potassium dihydrogen phosphate Chemical compound [K+].OP(O)([O-])=O GNSKLFRGEWLPPA-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229940002612 prodrug Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000651 prodrug Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940048914 protamine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000006239 protecting group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000006432 protein unfolding Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000035484 reaction time Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001953 recrystallisation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003488 releasing hormone Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000004366 reverse phase liquid chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004007 reversed phase HPLC Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012552 review Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000003705 ribosome Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000007363 ring formation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012488 sample solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000007017 scission Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007086 side reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000741 silica gel Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910002027 silica gel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- AJPJDKMHJJGVTQ-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium dihydrogen phosphate Chemical compound [Na+].OP(O)([O-])=O AJPJDKMHJJGVTQ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 159000000000 sodium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000011877 solvent mixture Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003595 spectral effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004611 spectroscopical analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000006641 stabilisation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011105 stabilization Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007858 starting material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001370 static light scattering Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000005094 subcutaneous system Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000006467 substitution reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940124530 sulfonamide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000003456 sulfonamides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000006277 sulfonation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001839 systemic circulation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003826 tablet Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010998 test method Methods 0.000 description 1
- YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetrahydrofuran Natural products C=1C=COC=1 YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UEUXEKPTXMALOB-UHFFFAOYSA-J tetrasodium;2-[2-[bis(carboxylatomethyl)amino]ethyl-(carboxylatomethyl)amino]acetate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[O-]C(=O)CN(CC([O-])=O)CCN(CC([O-])=O)CC([O-])=O UEUXEKPTXMALOB-UHFFFAOYSA-J 0.000 description 1
- 238000002076 thermal analysis method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012719 thermal polymerization Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000007970 thio esters Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000000954 titration curve Methods 0.000 description 1
- 231100000331 toxic Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000002588 toxic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000009466 transformation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940108519 trasylol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960004799 tryptophan Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000000825 ultraviolet detection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000011800 void material Substances 0.000 description 1
Images
Classifications
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K8/00—Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations
- A61K8/18—Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations characterised by the composition
- A61K8/30—Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations characterised by the composition containing organic compounds
- A61K8/64—Proteins; Peptides; Derivatives or degradation products thereof
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
- A61K31/16—Amides, e.g. hydroxamic acids
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
- A61K31/28—Compounds containing heavy metals
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
- A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
- A61K31/335—Heterocyclic compounds having oxygen as the only ring hetero atom, e.g. fungichromin
- A61K31/35—Heterocyclic compounds having oxygen as the only ring hetero atom, e.g. fungichromin having six-membered rings with one oxygen as the only ring hetero atom
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
- A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
- A61K31/335—Heterocyclic compounds having oxygen as the only ring hetero atom, e.g. fungichromin
- A61K31/35—Heterocyclic compounds having oxygen as the only ring hetero atom, e.g. fungichromin having six-membered rings with one oxygen as the only ring hetero atom
- A61K31/352—Heterocyclic compounds having oxygen as the only ring hetero atom, e.g. fungichromin having six-membered rings with one oxygen as the only ring hetero atom condensed with carbocyclic rings, e.g. methantheline
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
- A61K31/70—Carbohydrates; Sugars; Derivatives thereof
- A61K31/715—Polysaccharides, i.e. having more than five saccharide radicals attached to each other by glycosidic linkages; Derivatives thereof, e.g. ethers, esters
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
- A61K31/70—Carbohydrates; Sugars; Derivatives thereof
- A61K31/715—Polysaccharides, i.e. having more than five saccharide radicals attached to each other by glycosidic linkages; Derivatives thereof, e.g. ethers, esters
- A61K31/726—Glycosaminoglycans, i.e. mucopolysaccharides
- A61K31/727—Heparin; Heparan
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K38/00—Medicinal preparations containing peptides
- A61K38/16—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
- A61K38/17—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans
- A61K38/19—Cytokines; Lymphokines; Interferons
- A61K38/21—Interferons [IFN]
- A61K38/212—IFN-alpha
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K38/00—Medicinal preparations containing peptides
- A61K38/16—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
- A61K38/17—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans
- A61K38/22—Hormones
- A61K38/23—Calcitonins
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K38/00—Medicinal preparations containing peptides
- A61K38/16—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
- A61K38/17—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans
- A61K38/22—Hormones
- A61K38/25—Growth hormone-releasing factor [GH-RF], i.e. somatoliberin
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K38/00—Medicinal preparations containing peptides
- A61K38/16—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
- A61K38/17—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans
- A61K38/22—Hormones
- A61K38/27—Growth hormone [GH], i.e. somatotropin
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K38/00—Medicinal preparations containing peptides
- A61K38/16—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
- A61K38/17—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans
- A61K38/22—Hormones
- A61K38/28—Insulins
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K38/00—Medicinal preparations containing peptides
- A61K38/16—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
- A61K38/17—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans
- A61K38/22—Hormones
- A61K38/29—Parathyroid hormone, i.e. parathormone; Parathyroid hormone-related peptides
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K47/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient
- A61K47/06—Organic compounds, e.g. natural or synthetic hydrocarbons, polyolefins, mineral oil, petrolatum or ozokerite
- A61K47/08—Organic compounds, e.g. natural or synthetic hydrocarbons, polyolefins, mineral oil, petrolatum or ozokerite containing oxygen, e.g. ethers, acetals, ketones, quinones, aldehydes, peroxides
- A61K47/12—Carboxylic acids; Salts or anhydrides thereof
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K47/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient
- A61K47/06—Organic compounds, e.g. natural or synthetic hydrocarbons, polyolefins, mineral oil, petrolatum or ozokerite
- A61K47/16—Organic compounds, e.g. natural or synthetic hydrocarbons, polyolefins, mineral oil, petrolatum or ozokerite containing nitrogen, e.g. nitro-, nitroso-, azo-compounds, nitriles, cyanates
- A61K47/18—Amines; Amides; Ureas; Quaternary ammonium compounds; Amino acids; Oligopeptides having up to five amino acids
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K47/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient
- A61K47/06—Organic compounds, e.g. natural or synthetic hydrocarbons, polyolefins, mineral oil, petrolatum or ozokerite
- A61K47/16—Organic compounds, e.g. natural or synthetic hydrocarbons, polyolefins, mineral oil, petrolatum or ozokerite containing nitrogen, e.g. nitro-, nitroso-, azo-compounds, nitriles, cyanates
- A61K47/18—Amines; Amides; Ureas; Quaternary ammonium compounds; Amino acids; Oligopeptides having up to five amino acids
- A61K47/183—Amino acids, e.g. glycine, EDTA or aspartame
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K47/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient
- A61K47/06—Organic compounds, e.g. natural or synthetic hydrocarbons, polyolefins, mineral oil, petrolatum or ozokerite
- A61K47/20—Organic compounds, e.g. natural or synthetic hydrocarbons, polyolefins, mineral oil, petrolatum or ozokerite containing sulfur, e.g. dimethyl sulfoxide [DMSO], docusate, sodium lauryl sulfate or aminosulfonic acids
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K47/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient
- A61K47/06—Organic compounds, e.g. natural or synthetic hydrocarbons, polyolefins, mineral oil, petrolatum or ozokerite
- A61K47/22—Heterocyclic compounds, e.g. ascorbic acid, tocopherol or pyrrolidones
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K47/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient
- A61K47/50—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates
- A61K47/51—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent
- A61K47/54—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent the modifying agent being an organic compound
- A61K47/541—Organic ions forming an ion pair complex with the pharmacologically or therapeutically active agent
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K47/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient
- A61K47/50—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates
- A61K47/51—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent
- A61K47/62—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent the modifying agent being a protein, peptide or polyamino acid
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K9/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
- A61K9/0012—Galenical forms characterised by the site of application
- A61K9/0019—Injectable compositions; Intramuscular, intravenous, arterial, subcutaneous administration; Compositions to be administered through the skin in an invasive manner
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K9/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
- A61K9/14—Particulate form, e.g. powders, Processes for size reducing of pure drugs or the resulting products, Pure drug nanoparticles
- A61K9/16—Agglomerates; Granulates; Microbeadlets ; Microspheres; Pellets; Solid products obtained by spray drying, spray freeze drying, spray congealing,(multiple) emulsion solvent evaporation or extraction
- A61K9/1605—Excipients; Inactive ingredients
- A61K9/1617—Organic compounds, e.g. phospholipids, fats
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K9/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
- A61K9/14—Particulate form, e.g. powders, Processes for size reducing of pure drugs or the resulting products, Pure drug nanoparticles
- A61K9/16—Agglomerates; Granulates; Microbeadlets ; Microspheres; Pellets; Solid products obtained by spray drying, spray freeze drying, spray congealing,(multiple) emulsion solvent evaporation or extraction
- A61K9/1605—Excipients; Inactive ingredients
- A61K9/1629—Organic macromolecular compounds
- A61K9/1641—Organic macromolecular compounds obtained otherwise than by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds, e.g. polyethylene glycol, poloxamers
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K9/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
- A61K9/14—Particulate form, e.g. powders, Processes for size reducing of pure drugs or the resulting products, Pure drug nanoparticles
- A61K9/16—Agglomerates; Granulates; Microbeadlets ; Microspheres; Pellets; Solid products obtained by spray drying, spray freeze drying, spray congealing,(multiple) emulsion solvent evaporation or extraction
- A61K9/167—Agglomerates; Granulates; Microbeadlets ; Microspheres; Pellets; Solid products obtained by spray drying, spray freeze drying, spray congealing,(multiple) emulsion solvent evaporation or extraction with an outer layer or coating comprising drug; with chemically bound drugs or non-active substances on their surface
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K9/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
- A61K9/20—Pills, tablets, discs, rods
- A61K9/2004—Excipients; Inactive ingredients
- A61K9/2013—Organic compounds, e.g. phospholipids, fats
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K9/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
- A61K9/48—Preparations in capsules, e.g. of gelatin, of chocolate
- A61K9/4841—Filling excipients; Inactive ingredients
- A61K9/4858—Organic compounds
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61Q—SPECIFIC USE OF COSMETICS OR SIMILAR TOILETRY PREPARATIONS
- A61Q13/00—Formulations or additives for perfume preparations
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07C229/00—Compounds containing amino and carboxyl groups bound to the same carbon skeleton
- C07C229/40—Compounds containing amino and carboxyl groups bound to the same carbon skeleton having amino groups bound to carbon atoms of at least one six-membered aromatic ring and carboxyl groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of the same carbon skeleton
- C07C229/42—Compounds containing amino and carboxyl groups bound to the same carbon skeleton having amino groups bound to carbon atoms of at least one six-membered aromatic ring and carboxyl groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of the same carbon skeleton with carboxyl groups linked to the six-membered aromatic ring, or to the condensed ring system containing that ring, by saturated carbon chains
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07C233/00—Carboxylic acid amides
- C07C233/01—Carboxylic acid amides having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to hydrogen atoms or to acyclic carbon atoms
- C07C233/45—Carboxylic acid amides having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to hydrogen atoms or to acyclic carbon atoms having the nitrogen atom of at least one of the carboxamide groups bound to a carbon atom of a hydrocarbon radical substituted by carboxyl groups
- C07C233/46—Carboxylic acid amides having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to hydrogen atoms or to acyclic carbon atoms having the nitrogen atom of at least one of the carboxamide groups bound to a carbon atom of a hydrocarbon radical substituted by carboxyl groups with the substituted hydrocarbon radical bound to the nitrogen atom of the carboxamide group by an acyclic carbon atom
- C07C233/47—Carboxylic acid amides having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to hydrogen atoms or to acyclic carbon atoms having the nitrogen atom of at least one of the carboxamide groups bound to a carbon atom of a hydrocarbon radical substituted by carboxyl groups with the substituted hydrocarbon radical bound to the nitrogen atom of the carboxamide group by an acyclic carbon atom having the carbon atom of the carboxamide group bound to a hydrogen atom or to a carbon atom of an acyclic saturated carbon skeleton
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07C233/00—Carboxylic acid amides
- C07C233/01—Carboxylic acid amides having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to hydrogen atoms or to acyclic carbon atoms
- C07C233/45—Carboxylic acid amides having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to hydrogen atoms or to acyclic carbon atoms having the nitrogen atom of at least one of the carboxamide groups bound to a carbon atom of a hydrocarbon radical substituted by carboxyl groups
- C07C233/46—Carboxylic acid amides having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to hydrogen atoms or to acyclic carbon atoms having the nitrogen atom of at least one of the carboxamide groups bound to a carbon atom of a hydrocarbon radical substituted by carboxyl groups with the substituted hydrocarbon radical bound to the nitrogen atom of the carboxamide group by an acyclic carbon atom
- C07C233/48—Carboxylic acid amides having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to hydrogen atoms or to acyclic carbon atoms having the nitrogen atom of at least one of the carboxamide groups bound to a carbon atom of a hydrocarbon radical substituted by carboxyl groups with the substituted hydrocarbon radical bound to the nitrogen atom of the carboxamide group by an acyclic carbon atom having the carbon atom of the carboxamide group bound to an acyclic carbon atom of a saturated carbon skeleton containing rings
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07C233/00—Carboxylic acid amides
- C07C233/01—Carboxylic acid amides having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to hydrogen atoms or to acyclic carbon atoms
- C07C233/45—Carboxylic acid amides having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to hydrogen atoms or to acyclic carbon atoms having the nitrogen atom of at least one of the carboxamide groups bound to a carbon atom of a hydrocarbon radical substituted by carboxyl groups
- C07C233/46—Carboxylic acid amides having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to hydrogen atoms or to acyclic carbon atoms having the nitrogen atom of at least one of the carboxamide groups bound to a carbon atom of a hydrocarbon radical substituted by carboxyl groups with the substituted hydrocarbon radical bound to the nitrogen atom of the carboxamide group by an acyclic carbon atom
- C07C233/51—Carboxylic acid amides having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to hydrogen atoms or to acyclic carbon atoms having the nitrogen atom of at least one of the carboxamide groups bound to a carbon atom of a hydrocarbon radical substituted by carboxyl groups with the substituted hydrocarbon radical bound to the nitrogen atom of the carboxamide group by an acyclic carbon atom having the carbon atom of the carboxamide group bound to an acyclic carbon atom of a carbon skeleton containing six-membered aromatic rings
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07C233/00—Carboxylic acid amides
- C07C233/01—Carboxylic acid amides having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to hydrogen atoms or to acyclic carbon atoms
- C07C233/45—Carboxylic acid amides having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to hydrogen atoms or to acyclic carbon atoms having the nitrogen atom of at least one of the carboxamide groups bound to a carbon atom of a hydrocarbon radical substituted by carboxyl groups
- C07C233/52—Carboxylic acid amides having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to hydrogen atoms or to acyclic carbon atoms having the nitrogen atom of at least one of the carboxamide groups bound to a carbon atom of a hydrocarbon radical substituted by carboxyl groups with the substituted hydrocarbon radical bound to the nitrogen atom of the carboxamide group by a carbon atom of a ring other than a six-membered aromatic ring
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07C233/00—Carboxylic acid amides
- C07C233/01—Carboxylic acid amides having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to hydrogen atoms or to acyclic carbon atoms
- C07C233/45—Carboxylic acid amides having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to hydrogen atoms or to acyclic carbon atoms having the nitrogen atom of at least one of the carboxamide groups bound to a carbon atom of a hydrocarbon radical substituted by carboxyl groups
- C07C233/53—Carboxylic acid amides having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to hydrogen atoms or to acyclic carbon atoms having the nitrogen atom of at least one of the carboxamide groups bound to a carbon atom of a hydrocarbon radical substituted by carboxyl groups with the substituted hydrocarbon radical bound to the nitrogen atom of the carboxamide group by a carbon atom of a six-membered aromatic ring
- C07C233/55—Carboxylic acid amides having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to hydrogen atoms or to acyclic carbon atoms having the nitrogen atom of at least one of the carboxamide groups bound to a carbon atom of a hydrocarbon radical substituted by carboxyl groups with the substituted hydrocarbon radical bound to the nitrogen atom of the carboxamide group by a carbon atom of a six-membered aromatic ring having the carbon atom of the carboxamide group bound to a carbon atom of an unsaturated carbon skeleton
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07C233/00—Carboxylic acid amides
- C07C233/57—Carboxylic acid amides having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to carbon atoms of rings other than six-membered aromatic rings
- C07C233/63—Carboxylic acid amides having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to carbon atoms of rings other than six-membered aromatic rings having the nitrogen atom of at least one of the carboxamide groups bound to a carbon atom of a hydrocarbon radical substituted by carboxyl groups
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07C233/00—Carboxylic acid amides
- C07C233/64—Carboxylic acid amides having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings
- C07C233/81—Carboxylic acid amides having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings having the nitrogen atom of at least one of the carboxamide groups bound to a carbon atom of a hydrocarbon radical substituted by carboxyl groups
- C07C233/82—Carboxylic acid amides having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings having the nitrogen atom of at least one of the carboxamide groups bound to a carbon atom of a hydrocarbon radical substituted by carboxyl groups with the substituted hydrocarbon radical bound to the nitrogen atom of the carboxamide group by an acyclic carbon atom
- C07C233/83—Carboxylic acid amides having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings having the nitrogen atom of at least one of the carboxamide groups bound to a carbon atom of a hydrocarbon radical substituted by carboxyl groups with the substituted hydrocarbon radical bound to the nitrogen atom of the carboxamide group by an acyclic carbon atom of an acyclic saturated carbon skeleton
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07C233/00—Carboxylic acid amides
- C07C233/64—Carboxylic acid amides having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings
- C07C233/81—Carboxylic acid amides having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings having the nitrogen atom of at least one of the carboxamide groups bound to a carbon atom of a hydrocarbon radical substituted by carboxyl groups
- C07C233/82—Carboxylic acid amides having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings having the nitrogen atom of at least one of the carboxamide groups bound to a carbon atom of a hydrocarbon radical substituted by carboxyl groups with the substituted hydrocarbon radical bound to the nitrogen atom of the carboxamide group by an acyclic carbon atom
- C07C233/84—Carboxylic acid amides having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings having the nitrogen atom of at least one of the carboxamide groups bound to a carbon atom of a hydrocarbon radical substituted by carboxyl groups with the substituted hydrocarbon radical bound to the nitrogen atom of the carboxamide group by an acyclic carbon atom of a saturated carbon skeleton containing rings
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07C233/00—Carboxylic acid amides
- C07C233/64—Carboxylic acid amides having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings
- C07C233/81—Carboxylic acid amides having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings having the nitrogen atom of at least one of the carboxamide groups bound to a carbon atom of a hydrocarbon radical substituted by carboxyl groups
- C07C233/82—Carboxylic acid amides having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings having the nitrogen atom of at least one of the carboxamide groups bound to a carbon atom of a hydrocarbon radical substituted by carboxyl groups with the substituted hydrocarbon radical bound to the nitrogen atom of the carboxamide group by an acyclic carbon atom
- C07C233/87—Carboxylic acid amides having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings having the nitrogen atom of at least one of the carboxamide groups bound to a carbon atom of a hydrocarbon radical substituted by carboxyl groups with the substituted hydrocarbon radical bound to the nitrogen atom of the carboxamide group by an acyclic carbon atom of a carbon skeleton containing six-membered aromatic rings
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07C235/00—Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by oxygen atoms
- C07C235/02—Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by oxygen atoms having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms and singly-bound oxygen atoms bound to the same carbon skeleton
- C07C235/32—Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by oxygen atoms having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms and singly-bound oxygen atoms bound to the same carbon skeleton the carbon skeleton containing six-membered aromatic rings
- C07C235/34—Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by oxygen atoms having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms and singly-bound oxygen atoms bound to the same carbon skeleton the carbon skeleton containing six-membered aromatic rings having the nitrogen atoms of the carboxamide groups bound to hydrogen atoms or to acyclic carbon atoms
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07C235/00—Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by oxygen atoms
- C07C235/02—Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by oxygen atoms having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms and singly-bound oxygen atoms bound to the same carbon skeleton
- C07C235/32—Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by oxygen atoms having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms and singly-bound oxygen atoms bound to the same carbon skeleton the carbon skeleton containing six-membered aromatic rings
- C07C235/38—Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by oxygen atoms having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms and singly-bound oxygen atoms bound to the same carbon skeleton the carbon skeleton containing six-membered aromatic rings having the nitrogen atom of at least one of the carboxamide groups bound to a carbon atom of a six-membered aromatic ring
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07C235/00—Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by oxygen atoms
- C07C235/42—Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by oxygen atoms having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings and singly-bound oxygen atoms bound to the same carbon skeleton
- C07C235/44—Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by oxygen atoms having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings and singly-bound oxygen atoms bound to the same carbon skeleton with carbon atoms of carboxamide groups and singly-bound oxygen atoms bound to carbon atoms of the same non-condensed six-membered aromatic ring
- C07C235/52—Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by oxygen atoms having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings and singly-bound oxygen atoms bound to the same carbon skeleton with carbon atoms of carboxamide groups and singly-bound oxygen atoms bound to carbon atoms of the same non-condensed six-membered aromatic ring having the nitrogen atom of at least one of the carboxamide groups bound to an acyclic carbon atom of a hydrocarbon radical substituted by carboxyl groups
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07C235/00—Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by oxygen atoms
- C07C235/42—Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by oxygen atoms having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings and singly-bound oxygen atoms bound to the same carbon skeleton
- C07C235/44—Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by oxygen atoms having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings and singly-bound oxygen atoms bound to the same carbon skeleton with carbon atoms of carboxamide groups and singly-bound oxygen atoms bound to carbon atoms of the same non-condensed six-membered aromatic ring
- C07C235/58—Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by oxygen atoms having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings and singly-bound oxygen atoms bound to the same carbon skeleton with carbon atoms of carboxamide groups and singly-bound oxygen atoms bound to carbon atoms of the same non-condensed six-membered aromatic ring with carbon atoms of carboxamide groups and singly-bound oxygen atoms, bound in ortho-position to carbon atoms of the same non-condensed six-membered aromatic ring
- C07C235/60—Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by oxygen atoms having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings and singly-bound oxygen atoms bound to the same carbon skeleton with carbon atoms of carboxamide groups and singly-bound oxygen atoms bound to carbon atoms of the same non-condensed six-membered aromatic ring with carbon atoms of carboxamide groups and singly-bound oxygen atoms, bound in ortho-position to carbon atoms of the same non-condensed six-membered aromatic ring having the nitrogen atoms of the carboxamide groups bound to hydrogen atoms or to acyclic carbon atoms
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07C235/00—Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by oxygen atoms
- C07C235/42—Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by oxygen atoms having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings and singly-bound oxygen atoms bound to the same carbon skeleton
- C07C235/44—Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by oxygen atoms having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings and singly-bound oxygen atoms bound to the same carbon skeleton with carbon atoms of carboxamide groups and singly-bound oxygen atoms bound to carbon atoms of the same non-condensed six-membered aromatic ring
- C07C235/58—Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by oxygen atoms having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings and singly-bound oxygen atoms bound to the same carbon skeleton with carbon atoms of carboxamide groups and singly-bound oxygen atoms bound to carbon atoms of the same non-condensed six-membered aromatic ring with carbon atoms of carboxamide groups and singly-bound oxygen atoms, bound in ortho-position to carbon atoms of the same non-condensed six-membered aromatic ring
- C07C235/64—Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by oxygen atoms having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings and singly-bound oxygen atoms bound to the same carbon skeleton with carbon atoms of carboxamide groups and singly-bound oxygen atoms bound to carbon atoms of the same non-condensed six-membered aromatic ring with carbon atoms of carboxamide groups and singly-bound oxygen atoms, bound in ortho-position to carbon atoms of the same non-condensed six-membered aromatic ring having the nitrogen atom of at least one of the carboxamide groups bound to a carbon atom of a six-membered aromatic ring
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07C235/00—Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by oxygen atoms
- C07C235/70—Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by oxygen atoms having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups and doubly-bound oxygen atoms bound to the same carbon skeleton
- C07C235/82—Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by oxygen atoms having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups and doubly-bound oxygen atoms bound to the same carbon skeleton with the carbon atom of at least one of the carboxamide groups bound to a carbon atom of a ring other than a six-membered aromatic ring
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07C235/00—Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by oxygen atoms
- C07C235/70—Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by oxygen atoms having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups and doubly-bound oxygen atoms bound to the same carbon skeleton
- C07C235/84—Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by oxygen atoms having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups and doubly-bound oxygen atoms bound to the same carbon skeleton with the carbon atom of at least one of the carboxamide groups bound to a carbon atom of a six-membered aromatic ring
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07C237/00—Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by amino groups
- C07C237/02—Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by amino groups having the carbon atoms of the carboxamide groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of the carbon skeleton
- C07C237/22—Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by amino groups having the carbon atoms of the carboxamide groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of the carbon skeleton having nitrogen atoms of amino groups bound to the carbon skeleton of the acid part, further acylated
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07C237/00—Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by amino groups
- C07C237/28—Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by amino groups having the carbon atom of at least one of the carboxamide groups bound to a carbon atom of a non-condensed six-membered aromatic ring of the carbon skeleton
- C07C237/40—Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by amino groups having the carbon atom of at least one of the carboxamide groups bound to a carbon atom of a non-condensed six-membered aromatic ring of the carbon skeleton having the nitrogen atom of the carboxamide group bound to a carbon atom of a six-membered aromatic ring
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07C279/00—Derivatives of guanidine, i.e. compounds containing the group, the singly-bound nitrogen atoms not being part of nitro or nitroso groups
- C07C279/04—Derivatives of guanidine, i.e. compounds containing the group, the singly-bound nitrogen atoms not being part of nitro or nitroso groups having nitrogen atoms of guanidine groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of a carbon skeleton
- C07C279/14—Derivatives of guanidine, i.e. compounds containing the group, the singly-bound nitrogen atoms not being part of nitro or nitroso groups having nitrogen atoms of guanidine groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of a carbon skeleton being further substituted by carboxyl groups
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07K—PEPTIDES
- C07K1/00—General methods for the preparation of peptides, i.e. processes for the organic chemical preparation of peptides or proteins of any length
- C07K1/107—General methods for the preparation of peptides, i.e. processes for the organic chemical preparation of peptides or proteins of any length by chemical modification of precursor peptides
- C07K1/1072—General methods for the preparation of peptides, i.e. processes for the organic chemical preparation of peptides or proteins of any length by chemical modification of precursor peptides by covalent attachment of residues or functional groups
- C07K1/1077—General methods for the preparation of peptides, i.e. processes for the organic chemical preparation of peptides or proteins of any length by chemical modification of precursor peptides by covalent attachment of residues or functional groups by covalent attachment of residues other than amino acids or peptide residues, e.g. sugars, polyols, fatty acids
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07K—PEPTIDES
- C07K5/00—Peptides containing up to four amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof
- C07K5/04—Peptides containing up to four amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof containing only normal peptide links
- C07K5/06—Dipeptides
- C07K5/06008—Dipeptides with the first amino acid being neutral
- C07K5/06017—Dipeptides with the first amino acid being neutral and aliphatic
- C07K5/06034—Dipeptides with the first amino acid being neutral and aliphatic the side chain containing 2 to 4 carbon atoms
- C07K5/06043—Leu-amino acid
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K9/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
- A61K9/0012—Galenical forms characterised by the site of application
- A61K9/0043—Nose
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K9/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
- A61K9/0012—Galenical forms characterised by the site of application
- A61K9/0053—Mouth and digestive tract, i.e. intraoral and peroral administration
- A61K9/0056—Mouth soluble or dispersible forms; Suckable, eatable, chewable coherent forms; Forms rapidly disintegrating in the mouth; Lozenges; Lollipops; Bite capsules; Baked products; Baits or other oral forms for animals
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07C2601/00—Systems containing only non-condensed rings
- C07C2601/02—Systems containing only non-condensed rings with a three-membered ring
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07C2601/00—Systems containing only non-condensed rings
- C07C2601/06—Systems containing only non-condensed rings with a five-membered ring
- C07C2601/08—Systems containing only non-condensed rings with a five-membered ring the ring being saturated
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07C2601/00—Systems containing only non-condensed rings
- C07C2601/12—Systems containing only non-condensed rings with a six-membered ring
- C07C2601/14—The ring being saturated
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07C2601/00—Systems containing only non-condensed rings
- C07C2601/18—Systems containing only non-condensed rings with a ring being at least seven-membered
-
- E—FIXED CONSTRUCTIONS
- E04—BUILDING
- E04F—FINISHING WORK ON BUILDINGS, e.g. STAIRS, FLOORS
- E04F11/00—Stairways, ramps, or like structures; Balustrades; Handrails
- E04F11/02—Stairways; Layouts thereof
- E04F11/104—Treads
- E04F2011/1046—Miscellaneous features of treads not otherwise provided for
- E04F2011/1048—Miscellaneous features of treads not otherwise provided for with lighting means
Definitions
- the present invention relates to methods and compositions for transporting active agents, and particularly biologically active agents, across cell membranes or lipid bilayers. These methods and compositions facilitate the delivery of an active agent to a target, such as the delivery of a pharmaceutical agent through an adverse environment to a particular location of the body.
- Biologically active agents are particularly vulnerable to such barriers.
- barriers are impeded by the body.
- Subcutaneous, nasal or sublingual delivery to the circulatory system for many biologically active agents would be the route of choice for administration to animals if not for physical barriers such as the skin, lipid bi-layers, and various organ membranes that are relatively impermeable to certain biologically active agents, but one or more of which must be traversed before an agent delivered via these routes can reach the circulatory system.
- delivery such as, for example, sublingual delivery may be impeded by chemical barriers such as the varying pH in the gastrointestinal (GI) tract and the presence of powerful digestive enzymes.
- GI gastrointestinal
- the initial focus of drug design is on the physiochemical properties of pharmaceutical compounds and particularly their therapeutic function.
- the secondary design focus is on the need to deliver the active agent to its biological target(s). This is particularly true for drugs and other biologically active agents that are designed for oral administration to humans and other animals.
- thousands of therapeutic compounds are discarded because no delivery systems are available to ensure that therapeutic titers of the compounds will reach the appropriate anatomical location or compartment(s) after administration and particularly oral administration.
- many existing therapeutic agents are underutilized for their approved indications because of constraints on their mode(s) of administration.
- many therapeutic agents could be effective for additional clinical indications beyond those for which they are already employed if there existed a practical methodology to deliver them in appropriate quantities to the appropriate biological targets.
- the native state is usually described as the 3-dimensional state with the lowest free energy.
- the signal peptides or the chaperonins facilitate the protein's ability to cross various cellular membranes until the protein reaches the appropriate organelle.
- the chaperonin then separates from the protein or the signal peptide is cleaved from the protein, allowing the protein to fold to the native state. It is well known that the ability of the protein to transit cellular membranes is at least partly a consequence of being in a partially unfolded state.
- diphtheria toxin and cholera toxin indicate that after diphtheria toxin binds to its cellular receptor, it is endocytosed, and while in this endocytic vesicle, it is exposed to an acidic pH environment.
- the acidic pH induces a structural change in the toxin molecule which provides the driving force for membrane insertion and translocation to the cytosol.
- Ramsay, G., Freire, E. Biochemistry, 1990, 29, 8677-8683 and Schon, A., Freire, E., Biochemistry, 1989, 28, 5019-5024 Similarly, cholera toxin undergoes a conformational change subsequent to endocytosis which allows the molecule to penetrate the nuclear membrane. See also, Morin, P. E., Diggs, D., Freire, E., Biochemistry, 1990, 29, 781-788.
- Earlier designed delivery systems have used either an indirect or a direct approach to delivery.
- the indirect approach seeks to protect the drug from a hostile environment. Examples are enteric coatings, liposomes, microspheres, microcapsules. See, colloidal drug delivery systems, 1994, ed. Jorg Freuter, Marcel Dekker, Inc.; U.S. Pat. No. 4,239,754; Patel et al. (1976), FEBS Letters, Vol. 62, pg. 60; and Hashimoto et al. (1979), Endocrinology Japan, Vol. 26, pg. 337.
- the direct approach is based upon forming covalent linkages with the drug and a modifier, such as the creation of a prodrug.
- a modifier such as the creation of a prodrug.
- the linkage is usually designed to be broken under defined circumstances, e.g. pH changes or exposure to specific enzymes.
- the covalent linkage of the drug to a modifier essentially creates a new molecule with new properties such as an altered log P value and/or as well as a new spatial configuration.
- the new molecule has different solubility properties and is less susceptible to enzymatic digestion.
- the present invention discloses methods for administering, by either the subcutaneous, nasal, or sublingual routes, a biologically active agent to a subject in need of such agent.
- a first method includes the steps of:
- the perturbant has a molecular weight between about 150 and about 600 daltons, and contains at least one hydrophilic moiety and at least one hydrophobic moiety.
- the supramolecular complex comprises the perturbant non-covalently bound or complexed with the biologically active agent.
- the biologically active agent does not form a microsphere after interacting with the perturbant.
- compositions comprise a supramolecular complex including:
- a complexing perturbant having a molecular weight ranging from about 150 to about 600 and having at least one hydrophilic moiety and at least one hydrophobic moiety wherein the perturbant is in an amount effective for subcutaneous, nasal, or sublingual delivery of the biologically active agent;
- the intermediate state is conformationally between the native conformation state and denatured conformation state of the biologically active agent and the composition is not a microsphere.
- an agent which is a mimetic which is capable of being administered, by the subcutaneous, nasal, or sublingual route, to a subject in need of such agent A biologically active agent which can exist in a native conformational state, a denatured conformational state, and an intermediate conformational state which is reversible to the native state and which is conformationally between the native state and the denatured state, is exposed to a complexing perturbant in an amount effective for subcutaneous, nasal, or sublingual delivery of such an agent to reversibly transform the biologically active agent to the intermediate conformational state and to form a transportable supramolecular complex.
- the perturbant has a molecular weight between about 150 and about 600 daltons and at least one hydrophilic moiety and one hydrophobic moiety.
- the supramolecular complex comprises the perturbant non-covalently complexed with the biologically active agent, and the biologically active agent does not form a microsphere with the perturbant. A mimetic of the supramolecular complex is prepared.
- a method for preparing an agent which is capable of being administered either by the subcutaneous, nasal, or sublingual routes is provided.
- a biologically active agent which can exist in a native conformational state, a denatured conformational state, and an intermediate conformational state which is reversible to the native state and which is conformationally between the native and denatured states, is exposed to a perturbant to reversibly transform the biologically active agent to the intermediate state.
- the perturbant is in a respective amount effective for subcutaneous, nasal, or sublingual delivery of the agent.
- the agent a mimetic of the intermediate state, is prepared.
- FIG. 1 is illustration of a native gradient gel of ⁇ -interferon (IFN) and a modified amino acid complexing perturbant.
- IFN ⁇ -interferon
- FIG. 2 is an illustration of a native gradient gel of ⁇ -interferon and a thermal condensate complexing perturbant.
- FIG. 3 is a graphic illustration of guanidine hydrochloride (GuHCl) induced denaturation of ⁇ -interferon.
- FIG. 4 is a graphic illustration of the concentration effect of GuHCl on ⁇ -interferon conformation.
- FIG. 5 is a graphic illustration of the pH denaturation of ⁇ -interferon.
- FIG. 6 is a graphic illustration of the pH denaturation of insulin.
- FIGS. 7A and 7B are graphic illustrations of the reversibility of the circular dichroism spectrum of ⁇ -interferon.
- FIG. 8 is a graphic illustration of the circular dichroism spectrum of ⁇ -interferon.
- FIG. 9 is a graphic illustration of intrinsic tryptophan fluorescence of ⁇ -interferon and a complexing perturbant.
- FIG. 10 is a graphic illustration of the differential scanning calorimetry of ⁇ -interferon and complexing perturbant.
- FIGS. 11A and 11B are graphic illustrations of the reversibility of the transformation due to complexing perturbants.
- FIG. 12 is a graphic illustration of the effect of complexing perturbant on ⁇ -interferon.
- FIG. 13 is a graphic illustration of the concentration effect of complexing perturbant on ⁇ -interferon conformation.
- FIG. 14 is a graphic illustration of the effect of complexing perturbant on ⁇ -interferon.
- FIG. 15 is a graphic illustration of the Isothermal Titration Calorimetry of ⁇ -interferon and complexing perturbant.
- FIG. 16 is a graphic illustration of the Isothermal Titration Calorimetry of ⁇ -interferon and complexing perturbant.
- FIG. 17 is a graphic illustration of the effects of complexing perturbants on ⁇ -interferon.
- FIG. 18 is a graphic illustration of the effect of the concentration of complexing perturbants on ⁇ -interferon.
- FIG. 19 is a graphic illustration of the Isothermal Titration Calorimetry of ⁇ -interferon and complexing perturbant.
- FIG. 20 is a graphic illustration of pancreatic inhibition assay with ⁇ -interferon and complexing perturbants.
- FIG. 21 is a graphic illustration of the effect of DSC of heparin at pH 5.0.
- FIG. 22 is a graphic illustration of the DSC of DPPC with perturbant compounds at several concentrations (units T M ,° C. vs. concentration).
- FIG. 23 is a graphic illustration of the concentration effect of complexing perturbant compound L on the DPPC conformation.
- FIG. 24 is a graphic illustration of the concentration effect of complexing perturbant compound L on rhGH conformation.
- FIG. 25 is a graphic illustration of the concentration effect of complexing perturbant compound LI on rhGH conformation.
- FIG. 26 is a graphic illustration of the concentration effect of complexing perturbant compound XI on rhGH conformation.
- FIG. 27 is a graphic illustration of the differential light scattering of perturbant compound L in a 10 mM phosphate buffer at pH 7.0.
- FIG. 28 is a graphic illustration of the results of subcutaneous injection of rhGH composition in rats.
- FIG. 29 is a graphic illustration of the results of Sublingual (SL), intranasal (IN), and intracolonic (IC) dosing of rhGH in rats.
- FIG. 30 is a graphic illustration of the results of intracolonic dosing of heparin with compound XXXI carrier.
- the present methods effect active agent delivery by creating a reversibly non-covalently complexed supramolecule from the active agent and an amount of complexing perturbant appropriate for the route of delivery.
- the three-dimensional structure or conformation of the active agent is changed, but the chemical composition of the active agent molecule is not altered.
- This alteration in structure provides the active agent with the appropriate properties, such as, for example, solubility (log P) to cross or penetrate a physical or chemical barrier, membrane, or lipid bilayer, to resist enzymatic degradation and the like.
- Crossing refers to transport from one side of the cell membrane or lipid bilayer to the opposite side (i.e.
- the perturbed intermediate state of the active agent or the supramolecular complex itself can be used as a template for the preparation of mimetics which, accordingly, could be delivered to a target by the appropriate route, i.e., subcutaneous, nasal, or sublingual.
- an active agent After crossing the cell membrane or lipid bilayer, an active agent has biological activity and bioavailability, either by restoration to the native state or by retaining biological activity or bioavailability acquired in the intermediate state.
- the mimetic acts similarly after crossing the cell membrane or lipid bilayer.
- the native conformational state of an active agent is typically described as the three dimensional state with the lowest free energy ( ⁇ G). It is the state in which the active agent typically possesses the full complement of activity ascribed to the agent, such as the full complement of biological activity ascribed to a biologically active agent.
- the denatured conformational state is the state in which the active agent has no secondary or tertiary structure.
- Intermediate conformational states exist between the native and denatured states.
- a particular active agent may have one or more intermediate states.
- the intermediate state achieved by the present invention is structurally and energetically distinct from both the native and denatured states.
- Active agents useful in the present invention must be transformable from their native conformational state to an intermediate conformational state which can be administered by the route of choice and back to their native state, i.e. reversibly transformable, so that when the active agent reaches its target, such as when a delivered drug reaches the circulatory system, the active agent retains, regains, or acquires a biologically, pharmacologically, or therapeutically significant complement of its desired biological activity.
- the ⁇ G of the intermediate state ranges from about ⁇ 20 Kcal/mole to about 20 Kcal/mole, and most preferably, it ranges from about ⁇ 10 Kcal/mole to about 10 Kcal/mole, all relative to the native state.
- the intermediate state has significant secondary structure, significant compactness due to the presence of a sizable hydrophobic core, and a tertiary structure reminiscent of the native fold but without necessarily exhibiting the packing of the native state.
- the difference in free energy ( ⁇ G) between the intermediate state and the native state is relatively small.
- the equilibrium constant between the native and the transportable, reversible intermediate state(s) is close to unity (depending upon experimental conditions).
- Intermediate states can be confirmed by, for example, differential scanning calorimetry (DSC), isothermal titration calorimetry (ITC), native gradient gels, NMR, fluorescence, and the like.
- ⁇ G 0 ⁇ H 0 ( T R ) ⁇ T ⁇ S 0 ( T R )+ ⁇ Cp 0 (( T ⁇ T R ) ⁇ T In ( T/T R )) (1)
- T is the temperature
- T R is a reference temperature
- ⁇ H 0 (T R ) and T ⁇ S 0 (T R ) are the relative enthalpy and entropy of this state at the reference temperature
- ⁇ Cp 0 is the relative heat capacity of this state. It is convenient to chose the native state as the reference state to express all relative thermodynamic parameters.
- Active agents suitable for use in the present invention include biologically active agents and chemically active agents, including, but not limited to, fragrances, as well as other active agents such as, for example, cosmetics.
- Bioly active agents include, but are not limited to, pesticides, pharmacological agents, and therapeutic agents.
- biologically active agents suitable for use in the present invention include, but are not limited to, peptides, and particularly small peptides; hormones, and particularly hormones which by themselves do not or only pass slowly through the gastro-intestinal mucosa and/or are susceptible to chemical cleavage by acids and enzymes in the gastrointestinal tract; polysaccharides, and particularly mixtures of muco-polysaccharides; carbohydrates; lipids; or any combination thereof.
- Further examples include, but are not limited to, human growth hormones; bovine growth hormones; growth releasing hormones; interferons; interleukin-1; insulin; heparin, and particularly low molecular weight heparin; calcitonin; erythropoietin; atrial naturetic factor; antigens; monoclonal antibodies; somatostatin; adrenocorticotropin, gonadotropin releasing hormone; oxytocin; vasopressin; cromolyn sodium (sodium or disodium chromoglycate); vancomycin; desferrioxamine (DFO); anti-microbials, including, but not limited to anti-fungal agents; or any combination thereof.
- human growth hormones bovine growth hormones
- growth releasing hormones interferons
- interleukin-1 insulin
- insulin heparin, and particularly low molecular weight heparin
- calcitonin erythropoietin
- atrial naturetic factor
- compositions of the present invention may combine one or more active agents.
- Perturbants serve two purposes in the present invention.
- the active agent is contacted with an amount of perturbant which reversibly transforms the active agent from the native state to the intermediate state suitable for administration.
- the perturbant in the appropriate amount, non-covalently complexes with the active agent to form a supramolecular complex which can be administered by a selected route.
- This supramolecular complex can be used as a template for the design of a mimetic or can be used as a delivery composition itself.
- the perturbant in effect, fixes the active agent in the transportable intermediate state.
- the perturbant can be released from the supramolecular complex, such as by dilution in the circulatory system, so that the active agent can return to the native state appropriate for the route of delivery.
- these perturbants have at least one hydrophilic (i.e. readily soluble in water, such as for example, a carboxylate group) and at least one hydrophobic moiety (i.e. readily soluble in an organic solvent such as, for example, a benzene group), and have a molecular weight ranging from about 150 to about 600 daltons and most preferably from about 200 to about 500 daltons.
- Complexing perturbant compounds include, but are not limited to proteinoids including linear, non-linear, and cyclic proteinoids; modified (acylated or sulfonated) amino acids, poly amino acids, and peptides; modified amino acid, poly amino acid, or peptide derivatives (ketones or aldehydes); diketopiperazine/amino acid constructs; carboxylic acids; and various other perturbants discussed below.
- non-covalent complexing may be effected by intermolecular forces including but not limited to, hydrogen bonding, hydrophilic interactions, electrostatic interactions, and Van der Waals interactions.
- intermolecular forces including but not limited to, hydrogen bonding, hydrophilic interactions, electrostatic interactions, and Van der Waals interactions.
- the dissociation constant K d is the reciprocal of K a .
- Protein unfolding can be described according to the equilibrium that exists between its various conformational states, e.g. N ⁇ ⁇ k 1 ⁇ I ⁇ D k 2 ( 7 )
- N is the native state
- I is the intermediate state(s)
- D is the denatured state
- k 1 and k 2 are the respective rate constants.
- the complexing of the perturbant with the active agent must be strong enough to insure delivery of the drug either to the systemic circulation and/or to the target(s), but not so strong so that disengagement of the perturbant will not occur in a timely manner to allow the active agent to renature if necessary to produce the desired effect(s).
- amounts of perturbants appropriate for the route of delivery reversibly transform the active agent to the intermediate state so that the conformation of that state can be used as a template for the preparation of mimetics.
- Perturbants for this purpose need not, but may, complex with the active agent. Therefore, in addition to the complexing perturbants discussed above, perturbants that change the pH of the active agent or its environment, such as for example, strong acids or strong bases; detergents; perturbants that change the ionic strength of the active agent or its environment; other agents such as for example, guanidine hydrochloride; and temperature can be used to transform the active agent. Either the supramolecular complex or the reversible intermediate state can be used as a template for mimetic design.
- Amino acids are the basic materials used to prepare many of the complexing perturbants useful in the present invention.
- An amino acid is any carboxylic acid having at least one free amine group and includes naturally occurring and synthetic amino acids.
- the preferred amino acids for use in the present invention are ⁇ -amino acids, and most preferably are naturally occurring ⁇ -amino acids.
- Many amino acids and amino acid esters are readily available from a number of commercial sources such as Aldrich Chemical Co. (Milwaukee, Wis., U.S.A.); Sigma Chemical Co. (St. Louis, Mo., U.S.A.); and Fluka Chemical Corp. (Ronkonkoma, N.Y., U.S.A.).
- amino acids suitable for use in the present invention are generally of the formula
- R 1 is hydrogen, C 1 -C 4 alkyl, or C 2 -C 4 alkenyl
- R 2 is C 1 -C 24 alkyl, C 2 -C 24 alkenyl, C 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl, C 3 -C 10 cycloalkenyl, phenyl, naphthyl, (C 1 -C 10 alkyl) phenyl, (C 2 -C 10 alkenyl) phenyl, (C 1 -C 10 alkyl) naphthyl, (C 2 -C 10 alkenyl) naphthyl, phenyl (C 1 -C 10 alkyl), phenyl (C 2 -C 10 alkenyl), naphthyl (C 1 -C 10 alkyl), or naphthyl (C 2 -C 10 alkenyl);
- R 2 being optionally substituted with C 1 -C 4 alkyl, C 2 -C 4 alkenyl, C 1 -C 4 alkoxy, —OH, —SH, —CO 2 R 3 , C 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl, C 3 -C 10 cycloalkenyl, heterocycle having 3-10 ring atoms wherein the hetero atom is one or more of N, O, S, or any combination thereof, aryl, (C 1 -C 10 alk)aryl, ar(C 1 -C 10 alkyl) or any combination thereof;
- R 2 being optionally interrupted by oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur, or any combination thereof;
- R 3 is hydrogen, C 1 -C 4 alkyl, or C 2 -C 4 alkenyl.
- amino acids or components of a peptide are alanine, arginine, asparagine, aspartic acid, citrulline, cysteine, cystine, glutamine, glycine, histidine, isoleucine, leucine, lysine, methionine, ornithine, phenylalanine, proline, serine, threonine, tryptophan, tyrosine, valine, hydroxy proline, ⁇ -carboxyglutamate, phenylglycine, or O-phosphoserine.
- the preferred amino acids are arginine, leucine, lysine, phenylalanine, tyrosine, tryptophan, valine, and phenylglycine.
- the preferred non-naturally occurring amino acids for use in the present invention are ⁇ -alanine, ⁇ -amino butyric acid, ⁇ -amino butyric acid, ⁇ -(aminophenyl) butyric acid, ⁇ -amino isobutyric acid, citrulline, ⁇ -amino caproic acid, 7-amino heptanoic acid, ⁇ -aspartic acid, aminobenzoic acid, aminophenyl acetic acid, aminophenyl butyric acid, ⁇ -glutamic acid, cysteine (ACM), ⁇ -lysine, ⁇ -lysine (A-Fmoc), methionine sulfone, norleucine, norvaline, ornithine, d-ornithine, p-nitro-phenylalanine, hydroxy proline, 1,2,3,4,-tetrahydroisoquinoline-3-carboxylic acid, and thioproline.
- Poly amino acids are either peptides or two or more amino acids linked by a bond formed by other groups which can be linked, e.g., an ester, anhydride or an anhydride linkage. Special mention is made of non-naturally occurring poly amino acids and particularly non-naturally occurring hetero-poly amino acids, i.e. of mixed amino acids.
- Peptides are two or more amino acids joined by a peptide bond. Peptides can vary in length from di-peptides with two amino acids to polypeptides with several hundred amino acids. See, Walker, Chambers Biological Dictionary, Cambridge, England: Chambers Cambridge, 1989, page 215. Special mention is made of non-naturally occurring peptides and particularly non-naturally occurring peptides of mixed amino acids. Special mention is also made of di-peptides tri-peptides, tetra-peptides, and penta-peptides, and particularly, the preferred peptides are di-peptides and tri-peptides. Peptides can be homo- or hetero-peptides and can include natural amino acids, synthetic amino acids, or any combination thereof.
- Proteinoids are artificial polymers of amino acids.
- the proteinoids preferably are prepared from mixtures of amino acids.
- Preferred proteinoids are condensation polymers, and most preferably, are thermal condensation polymers. These polymers may be directed or random polymers.
- Proteinoids can be linear, branched, or cyclical, and certain proteinoids can be units of other linear, branched, or cyclical proteinoids.
- Diketopiperazines are six member ring compounds.
- the ring includes two nitrogen atoms and is substituted at two carbons with two oxygen atoms.
- the carbonyl groups are at the 1 and 4 ring positions. These rings can be optionally, and most often are, further substituted.
- Diketopiperazine ring systems may be generated during thermal polymerization or condensation of amino acids or amino acid derivatives. (Gyore, J; Ecet M. Proceedings Fourth ICTA ( Thermal Analysis ), 1974, 2, 387-394 (1974)). These six membered ring systems were presumably generated by intra-molecular cyclization of the dimer prior to further chain growth or directly from a linear peptide (Reddy, A. V., Int. J. Peptide Protein Res., 40, 472-476 (1992); Mazurov, A. A. et al., Int. J. Peptide Protein Res., 42, 14-19 (1993)).
- Diketopiperazines can also be formed by cyclodimerization of amino acid ester derivatives as described by Katchalski et al., J. Amer. Chem. Soc., 68, 879-880 (1946), by cyclization of dipeptide ester derivatives, or by thermal dehydration of amino acid derivatives and high boiling solvents as described by Kopple et al., J. Org. Chem., 33 (2), 862-864 (1968).
- Diketopiperazines typically are formed from ⁇ -amino acids.
- the ⁇ -amino acids of which the diketopiperazines are derived are glutamic acid, aspartic acid, tyrosine, phenylalanine, and optical isomers of any of the foregoing.
- R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , and R 7 independently are hydrogen, C 1 -C 24 alkyl, C 1 -C 24 alkenyl, phenyl, naphthyl, (C 1 -C 10 alkyl)phenyl, (C 1 -C 10 alkenyl)phenyl, (C 1 -C 10 alkyl)naphthyl, (C 1 -C 10 alkenyl)naphthyl, phenyl (C 1 -C 10 alkyl), phenyl(C 1 -C 10 alkenyl), naphthyl (C 1 -C 10 alkyl), and naphthyl (C 1 -C 10 alkenyl); any of R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , and R 7 independently may optionally be substituted with C 1 -C 4 alkyl, C 1 -C 4 alkenyl, C 1 -C 4 alkoxy, —OH, —SH
- the phenyl or naphthyl groups may optionally be substituted. Suitable, but non-limiting, examples of substituents are C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkenyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, —OH, —SH, or CO 2 R 9 wherein R 9 is hydrogen, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, or C 1 -C 6 alkenyl.
- R 6 and R 7 independently are hydrogen, C 1 -C 4 alkyl or C 1 -C 4 alkenyl.
- diketopiperazines which are preferred complexing perturbants. These diketopiperazines include the unsubstituted diketopiperazine in which R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , and R 7 are hydrogen, and diketopiperazines which are substituted at one or both of the nitrogen atoms in the ring, i.e. mono or di-N-substituted. Special mention is made of the N-substituted diketopiperazine wherein one or both of the nitrogen atoms is substituted with a methyl group.
- R 10 and R 11 independently are hydrogen, C 1 -C 24 alkyl, C 1 -C 24 alkenyl, phenyl, naphthyl, (C 1 -C 10 alkyl)phenyl, (C 1 -C 10 alkenyl)phenyl, (C 1 -C 10 alkyl)naphthyl, (C 1 -C 10 alkenyl)naphthyl, phenyl (C 1 -C 10 alkyl), phenyl(C 1 -C 10 alkenyl), naphthyl (C 1 -C 10 alkyl), and naphthyl (C 1 -C 10 alkenyl); but both R 10 and R 11 can not be hydrogen; either or both R 10 or R 11 independently may optionally be substituted with C 1 -C 4 alkyl, C 1 -C 4 alkenyl, C 1 -C 4 alkoxy, —OH, —SH, and —CO 2 R
- the phenyl or naphthyl groups may optionally be substituted. Suitable, but non-limiting, examples of substituents are C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkenyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, —OH, —SH, or CO 2 R 13 wherein R 13 is hydrogen, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, or C 1 -C 6 alkenyl.
- R 10 or R 11 is hydrogen
- the diketopiperazine is mono-carbon-(C)-substituted.
- neither R 10 nor R 11 is hydrogen
- the diketopiperazine is di-carbon-(C)-substituted.
- R 10 , R 11 , or both R 10 and R 11 contain at least one functional group, a functional group being a non-hydrocarbon portion responsible for characteristic reactions of the molecule.
- Simple functional groups are heteroatoms including, but not limited to halogens, oxygen, sulfur, nitrogen, and the like, attached to, the carbon of an alkyl group by a single or multiple bond.
- Other functional groups include, but are not limited to, for example, hydroxyl groups, carboxyl groups, amide groups, amine groups, substituted amine groups, and the like.
- Preferred diketopiperazines are those which are substituted at one or two of the carbons of the ring with a functional group that includes at least one carboxyl functionality.
- Diketopiperazines may also be polymerized with additional amino acids to form constructs of at least one amino acid or an ester or an amide thereof and at least one diketopiperazine, preferably covalently bonded to one another.
- one or more of the R groups must contain at least one functional group, a functional group being a non-hydrocarbon portion responsible for characteristic reactions of the molecule.
- Simple functional groups are heteroatoms including, but not limited to halogens, oxygen, sulfur, nitrogen, and the like, attached to, the carbon of an alkyl group by a single or multiple bond.
- Other functional groups include, but are not limited to, for example, hydroxyl groups, carboxyl groups, amide groups, amine groups, substituted amine groups, and the like.
- diketopiperazines which are preferred components of the amino acids/diketopiperazine perturbants of the present invention.
- preferred diketopiperazines are those which are substituted at one or two of the carbons of the ring and preferably are substituted with a functional group that includes at least one carboxyl functionality.
- the diketopiperazines in the amino acids/diketopiperazine perturbants are prepared from trifunctional amino acids such as L-glutamic acid and L-aspartic acid which cyclize to form diketopiperazines.
- the diketopiperazines can generate a bis-carboxylic acid platform which can be further condensed with other amino acids to form the perturbant.
- the diketopiperazine will react and covalently bond with one or more of the amino acids through the functional group(s) of the R groups of the diketopiperazines.
- the amino acids/diketopiperazine perturbants may include one or more of the same or different amino acids as well as one or more of the same or different diketopiperazines as described above.
- Modified amino acids, poly amino acids or peptides are either acylated or sulfonated and include amino acid amides and sulfonamides.
- Modified amino acids are typically prepared by modifying the amino acid or an ester thereof. Many of these compounds are prepared by acylation or sulfonation with agents having the formula
- R 4 is the appropriate radical to yield the modification indicated in the final product
- X is a leaving group.
- Typical leaving groups include, but are not limited t, halogens such as, for example, chlorine, bromine, and iodine. Additionally, the corresponding anhydrides are modifying agents.
- Ar is a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl or naphthyl
- R 14 has the formula
- R 15 is C 1 to C 24 alkyl, C 1 to C 24 alkenyl, phenyl, naphthyl, (C 1 to C 10 alkyl) phenyl, (C 1 to C 10 alkenyl) phenyl, (C 1 to C 10 alkyl) naphthyl, (C 1 to C 10 alkenyl) naphthyl, phenyl (C 1 to C 10 alkyl), phenyl (C 1 to C 10 alkenyl), naphthyl (C 1 to C 10 alkyl) and naphthyl (C 1 to C 10 alkenyl);
- R 15 is optionally substituted with C 1 to C 4 alkyl, C 1 to C 4 alkenyl, C 1 to C 4 alkoxy, —OH, —SH and —CO 2 R 5 , cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, heterocyclic alkyl, alkaryl, heteroaryl, heteroalkaryl, or any combination thereof;
- R 17 is hydrogen, C 1 to C 4 alkyl or C 1 to C 4 alkenyl
- R 15 is optionally interrupted by oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur or any combination thereof.
- R 16 is hydrogen, C 1 to C 4 alkyl or C 1 to C 4 alkenyl.
- R 19 is hydrogen, C 1 -C 4 alkyl, or C 2 -C 4 alkenyl
- R 20 is C 1 -C 24 alkyl, C 2 -C 24 alkenyl, C 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl, C 3 -C 10 cycloalkenyl, phenyl, naphthyl, (C 1 -C 10 alkyl) phenyl, (C 2 -C 10 alkenyl) phenyl, (C 1 -C 10 alkyl) naphthyl, (C 2 -C 10 alkenyl) naphthyl, phenyl (C 1 -C 10 alkyl), phenyl (C 2 -C 10 alkenyl), naphthyl (C 1 -C 10 alkyl) or naphthyl (C 2 -C 10 alkenyl);
- R 20 being optionally substituted with C 1 -C 4 alkyl, C 2 -C 4 alkenyl, C 1 -C 4 alkoxy, —OH, —SH, —CO 2 R 22 , C 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl, C 3 -C 10 cycloalkenyl, heterocycle having 3-10 ring atoms wherein the hetero atom is one or more of N, O, S or any combination thereof, aryl, (C 1 -C 10 alk)aryl, ar(C 1 -C 10 alkyl), or any combination thereof;
- R 20 being optionally interrupted by oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur, or any combination thereof;
- R 22 is hydrogen, C 1 -C 4 alkyl, or C 2 -C 4 alkenyl.
- Some preferred acylated amino acids include salicyloyl phenylalanine, and the compounds having the formulas: A Compound n m X XXXVIIA 0 0 4-Cl XXXVIIIA 3 0 H XXIXA 3 1 4-CH 3 XLA 3 1 2-F XLIA 3 1 2-CH 3 XLIIA 3 0 3-CF 3 XLIIIA 3 4 H XLIVA 3 0 3-Cl XLVA 3 0 3-F XLVIA 3 0 3-CH 3 XLVIIA 0 0 2-CF 3 XLVIIIA 1 2 H XLIXA 3 2 2-F LA 3 0 3,4-OCH 2 O— LIA 3 0 2-COOH LIIA 1 0 2-OH LIIIA 3 0 2,6-dihydroxy LIVA 2 0 2-OH LVA 0 0 2,4-difluoro LVIA 2 0 2,6-dihydroxy LVIIA 0 0 0
- organic acid compounds, and their salts, having an aromatic amide group, having a hydroxy group substituted in the ortho position on the aromatic ring, and a lipophilic chain with from about 4 carbon atoms to about 20 atoms in the chain are also useful as perturbants.
- the lipophilic chain can have from 5 to 20 carbon atoms.
- Perturbants which are also useful also include those having the formula
- Ar is a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl or naphthyl
- R 7 is selected from the group consisting of C 4 to C 20 alkyl, C 4 to C 20 alkenyl, phenyl, naphthyl, (C 1 to C 10 alkyl) phenyl, (C 1 to C 10 alkenyl) phenyl, (C 1 to C 10 alkyl) naphthyl, (C 1 to C 10 alkenyl) naphthyl, phenyl (C 1 to C 10 alkyl), phenyl (C 1 to C 10 alkenyl), naphthyl (C 1 to C 10 alkyl), and naphthyl (C 1 to C 10 alkenyl);
- R 8 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C 1 to C 4 alkyl, C 1 to C 4 alkenyl, hydroxy, and C 1 to C 4 alkoxy;
- R 7 is optionally substituted with C 1 to C 4 alkyl, C 1 to C 4 alkenyl, C 1 to C 4 alkoxy, —OH, —SH and —CO 2 R 9 or any combination thereof;
- R 9 is hydrogen, C 1 to C 4 alkyl or C 1 to C 4 alkenyl
- R 7 is optionally interrupted by oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur or any combination thereof;
- the preferred R 6 groups are of C 4 to C 20 alkyl and C 4 to C 20 alkenyl.
- the most preferred R 6 groups are C 5 to C 20 alkyl and C 5 to C 20 alkenyl.
- a preferred carrier compound can have the formula
- A is Try, Leu, Arg, Trp, or Cit
- A is Try, Arg, Trp or Cit; A is acylated at 2 or more functional groups.
- Preferred compounds also include those wherein A is Try; A is Tyr and is acylated at 2 functional groups; A is Leu; A is Arg; A is Arg and is acylated at 2 functional groups; A is Trp; A is Trp and is acylated at 2 functional groups; A is Cit; and A is Cit and is acylated at 2 functional groups.
- A is Arg or Leu
- A is Arg, A is optionally acylated at 2 or more functional groups;
- A is Leu or phenylglycine
- A is phenylglycine
- A is phenylglycine
- Acylated amino acids may be prepared by reacting single amino acids, mixtures of two or more amino acids, or amino acid esters with an amine modifying agent which reacts with free amino moieties present in the amino acids to form amides.
- Suitable, but non-limiting, examples of acylating agents useful in preparing acylated amino acids include acid chloride acylating agents having the formula
- R 23 an appropriate group for the modified amino acid being prepared, such as, but not limited to, alkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkyl, or aromatic, and particularly methyl, ethyl, cyclohexyl, cyclophenyl, phenyl, or benzyl, and X is a leaving group.
- Typical leaving groups include, but are not limited to, halogens such as chlorine, bromine and iodine.
- acylating agents include, but are not limited to, acyl halides including, but not limited to, acetyl chloride, propyl chloride, cyclohexanoyl chloride, cyclopentanoyl chloride, and cycloheptanoyl chloride, benzoyl chloride, hippuryl chloride and the like; and anhydrides, such as acetic anhydride, propyl anhydride, cyclohexanoic anhydride, benzoic anhydride, hippuric anhydride and the like.
- acyl halides including, but not limited to, acetyl chloride, propyl chloride, cyclohexanoyl chloride, cyclopentanoyl chloride, and cycloheptanoyl chloride, benzoyl chloride, hippuryl chloride and the like
- anhydrides such as acetic anhydride, propyl anhydride, cyclohexanoic anhydride
- Preferred acylating agents include benzoyl chloride, hippuryl chloride, acetyl chloride, cyclohexanoyl chloride, cyclopentanoyl chloride, and cycloheptanoyl chloride.
- the amine groups can also be modified by the reaction of a carboxylic acid with coupling agents such as the carbodiimide derivatives of amino acids, particularly hydrophilic amino acids such as phenylalanine, tryptophan, and tyrosine. Further examples include dicyclohexylcarbodiimide and the like.
- the amino acid is multifunctional, i.e. has more than one —OH, —NH 2 or —SH group, then it may optionally be acylated at one or more functional groups to form, for example, an ester, amide, or thioester linkage.
- the amino acids are dissolved in an aqueous alkaline solution of a metal hydroxide, e.g., sodium or potassium hydroxide and the acylating agent added.
- the reaction time can range from about 1 hour and about 4 hours, preferably about 2-2.5 hours.
- the temperature of the mixture is maintained at a temperature generally ranging between about 5° C. and about 70° C., preferably between about 10° C. and about 50° C.
- the amount of alkali employed per equivalent of NH 2 groups in the amino acids generally ranges between about 1.25 moles and about 3 moles, and is preferably between about 1.5 moles and about 2.25 moles per equivalent of NH 2 .
- the pH of the reaction solution generally ranges between about pH 8 and about pH 13, and is preferably between about pH 10 and about pH 12.
- the amount of amino modifying agent employed in relation to the quantity of amino acids is based on the moles of total free NH 2 in the amino acids. In general, the amino modifying agent is employed in an amount ranging between about 0.5 and about 2.5 mole equivalents, preferably between about 0.75 and about 1.25 equivalents, per molar equivalent of total NH 2 groups in the amino acids.
- the modified amino acid formation reaction is quenched by adjusting the pH of the mixture with a suitable acid, e.g., concentrated hydrochloric acid, until the pH reaches between about 2 and about 3.
- a suitable acid e.g., concentrated hydrochloric acid
- the mixture separates on standing at room temperature to form a transparent upper layer and a white or off-white precipitate.
- the upper layer is discarded, and modified amino acids are collected by filtration or decantation.
- the crude modified amino acids are then mixed with water. Insoluble materials are removed by filtration and the filtrate is dried in vacuo.
- the yield of modified amino acids generally ranges between about 30 and about 60%, and usually about 45%.
- the present invention also contemplates amino acids which have been modified by multiple acylation, e.g., diacylation or triacylation.
- amino acid esters such as, for example benzyl, methyl, or ethyl esters of amino acid compounds
- the amino acid ester dissolved in a suitable organic solvent such as dimethylformamide, pyridine, or tetrahydrofuran is reacted with the appropriate amino modifying agent at a temperature ranging between 5° C. and about 70° C., preferably about 25° C., for a period ranging between about 7 and about 24 hours.
- the amount of amino acid modifying agent used relative to the amino acid ester is the same as described above for amino acids.
- This reaction may be carried out with or without a base such as, for example, triethylamine or diisopropylethylamine.
- amino acid esters or amides are the starting materials, they are dissolved in a suitable organic solvent such as dimethylformamide or pyridine, are reacted with the amino modifying agent at a temperature ranging between about 5° C. and about 70° C., preferably about 25° C., for a period ranging between about 7 and about 24 hours.
- a suitable organic solvent such as dimethylformamide or pyridine
- the amount of amino modifying agents used relative to the amino acid esters are the same as described above for amino acids.
- the reaction solvent is removed under negative pressure and optionally the ester or amide functionality can be removed by hydrolyzing the modified amino acid ester with a suitable alkaline solution, e.g., 1N sodium hydroxide, at a temperature ranging between about 50° C. and about 80° C., preferably about 70° C., for a period of time sufficient to hydrolyze off the ester group and form the modified amino acid having a free carboxyl group.
- the hydrolysis mixture is then cooled to room temperature and acidified, e.g., with an aqueous 25% hydrochloric acid solution, to a pH ranging between about 2 and about 2.5.
- the modified amino acid precipitates out of solution and is recovered by conventional means such as filtration or decantation.
- the modified amino acids may be purified by acid precipitation, recrystallization or by fractionation on solid column supports. Fractionation may be performed on a suitable solid column supports such as silica gel, alumina, using solvent mixtures such as acetic acid/butanol/water as the mobile phase; reverse phase column supports using trifluoroacetic acid/acetonitrile mixtures as the mobile phase; and ion exchange chromatography using water as the mobile phase.
- the modified amino acids may also be purified by extraction with a lower alcohol such as methanol, butanol, or isopropanol to remove impurities such as inorganic salts.
- the modified amino acids generally are soluble in alkaline aqueous solution (pH ⁇ 9.0); partially soluble in ethanol, n-butanol and 1:1 (v/v) toluene/ethanol solution and insoluble in neutral water.
- the alkali metal salts e.g., the sodium salt of the derivatized amino acids are generally soluble in water at about a pH of 6-8.
- poly amino acids or peptides one or more of the amino acids may be modified (acylated).
- Modified poly amino acids and peptides may include one or more acylated amino acid(s).
- linear modified poly amino acids and peptides will generally include only one acylated amino acid, other poly amino acid and peptide configurations can include more than one acylated amino acid.
- Poly amino acids and peptides can be polymerized with the acylated amino acid(s) or can be acylated after polymerization.
- a and B independently are Arg or Leu.
- Sulfonated modified amino acids, poly amino acids, and peptides are modified by sulfonating at least one free amine group with a sulfonating agent which reacts with at least one of the free amine groups present.
- Ar is a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl or naphthyl
- R 25 is C 1 to C 24 alkyl, C 1 to C 24 alkenyl, phenyl, naphthyl, (C 1 to C 10 alkyl) phenyl, (C 1 to C 10 alkenyl) phenyl, (C 1 to C 10 alkyl) naphthyl, (C 1 to C 10 alkenyl) naphthyl, phenyl (C 1 to C 10 alkyl), phenyl (C 1 to C 10 alkenyl), naphthyl (C 1 to C 10 alkyl) and naphthyl (C 1 to C 10 alkenyl);
- R 25 is optionally substituted with C 1 to C 4 alkyl, C 1 to C 4 alkenyl, C 1 to C 4 alkoxy, —OH, —SH and —CO 2 R 27 or any combination thereof;
- R 27 is hydrogen, C 1 to C 4 alkyl or C 1 to C 4 alkenyl
- R 25 is optionally interrupted by oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur or any combination thereof.
- R 26 is hydrogen, C 1 to C 4 alkyl or C 1 to C 4 alkenyl.
- Suitable, but non-limiting, examples of sulfonating agents useful in preparing sulfonated amino acids include sulfonating agents having the formula R 28 —SO 2 —X wherein R 28 is an appropriate group for the modified amino acid being prepared such as, but not limited to, alkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkyl, or aromatics and X is a leaving group as described above.
- R 28 is an appropriate group for the modified amino acid being prepared such as, but not limited to, alkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkyl, or aromatics and X is a leaving group as described above.
- a sulfonating agent is benzene sulfonyl chloride.
- Modified poly amino acids and peptides may include one or more sulfonated amino acid(s). Although linear modified poly amino acids and peptides used generally include only one sulfonated amino acid, other poly amino acid and peptide configurations can include more than one sulfonated amino acid. Poly amino acids and peptides can be polymerized with the sulfonated amino acid(s) or can be sulfonated after polymerization.
- Modified amino acid, polyamino acid, or peptide derivatives are amino acids, poly amino acids, or peptides which have had at least one acyl-terminus converted to an aldehyde or a ketone, and are acylated at at least one free amine group, with an acylating agent which reacts with at least one of the free amine groups present.
- Amino acid, poly amino acid, or peptide derivatives can be readily prepared by reduction of amino acid esters or peptide esters with an appropriate reducing agent.
- amino acid, poly amino acid, or peptide aldehydes can be prepared as described in an article by R. Chen et al., Biochemistry, 1979, 18, 921-926.
- Amino acid, poly amino acid, or peptide ketones can be prepared by the procedure described in Organic Syntheses, Col. Vol. IV, Wiley, (1963), page 5. Acylation is discussed above.
- the derivatives may be prepared by reacting a single amino acid, poly amino acid, or peptide derivative or mixtures of two or more amino acid or peptide derivatives, with an acylating agent or an amine modifying agent which reacts with free amino moieties present in the derivatives to form amides.
- the amino acid, poly amino acid, or peptide can be modified and subsequently derivatized, derivatized and subsequently modified, or simultaneously modified and derivatized.
- Protecting groups may be used to avoid unwanted side reactions as would be known to those skilled in the art.
- one or more of the amino acid may be derivatized (an aldehyde or a ketone) and/or modified, (acylated) but there must be at least one derivative and at least one modification.
- carboxylic acids and salts of these carboxylic acids may be used as complexing perturbants. These carboxylic acids have the formula:
- R 29 is C 1 to C 24 alkyl, C 2 to C 24 alkenyl, C 3 to C 10 cycloalkyl, C 3 to C 10 cycloalkenyl, phenyl, naphthyl, (C 1 to C 10 alkyl)phenyl, (C 2 to C 10 alkenyl)phenyl, (C 1 to C 10 alkyl)naphthyl, (C 2 to C 10 alkenyl)naphthyl, phenyl(C 1 to C 10 alkyl), phenyl(C 2 to C 10 alkenyl), naphthyl(C 1 to C 10 alkyl) and naphthyl(C 2 to C 10 alkenyl);
- R 29 being optionally substituted with C 1 to C 10 alkyl, C 2 to C 10 alkenyl, C 1 to C 4 alkoxy, —OH, —SH, —CO 2 R 30 , C 3 to C 10 cycloalkyl, C 3 to C 10 cycloalkenyl, heterocyclic having 3-10 ring atoms wherein the hetero atom is one or more atoms of N, O, S or any combination thereof, aryl, (C 1 to C 10 alk)aryl, aryl(C 1 to C 10 )alkyl, or any combination thereof;
- R 29 being optionally interrupted by oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur, or any combination thereof.
- R 30 is hydrogen, C 1 to C 4 alkyl or C 2 to C 4 alkenyl.
- the preferred carboxylic acids are cyclohexanecarboxylic acid, cyclopentanecarboxylic acid, cycloheptanecarboxylic acid, hexanoic acid, 3-cyclohexanepropanoic acid, methylcyclohexanecarboxylic acid, 1,2-cyclohexanedicarboxylic acid, 1,3-cyclohexanedicarboxylic acid, 1,4-cyclohexanedicarboxylic acid, 1-adamantanecarboxylic acid, phenylpropanoic acid, adipic acid, cyclohexanepentanoic acid, cyclohexanebutanoic acid, pentylcyclohexanoic acid, 2-cyclopentanehexanoic acid, cyclohexane pentanoic acid, hexanedioic acid, cyclohexanebutanoic acid, and (4-methylphen
- complexing perturbants which can form the supramolecular complexes described herein are within the scope of the present invention
- other examples of complexing perturbants include, but are not limited to, 2-carboxymethyl-phenylalanine-leucine; 2-benzyl succinic acid, an actinonin, phenylsulfonyl aminophenyl-butyric acid,
- Mimetics within the scope of the present invention are constructs which are structural and/or functional equivalents of an original entity.
- Structural and chemically functional mimetics of the supramolecular complexes and the reversible transportable intermediate states of active agents are not necessarily peptidic, as non-peptidic mimetics can be prepared which have the appropriate chemical and/or structural properties.
- preferred mimetics are peptides which have a different primary structure than the supramolecular complex or the intermediate state, but retain the same secondary and tertiary structure of the supramolecular complex or the intermediate state.
- mimetics may have less bioactivity than a native state or intermediate state active agent or supra molecular complex, the mimetics may possess other important properties which may not be possessed by the native state such as, for example, further increased ability to be delivered orally.
- protein structures are determined by the collective intra- and inter-molecular interactions of the constituent amino acids.
- the first and fourth amino acid in the helix interact non-covalently with one another. This pattern repeats through the entire helix except for the first four and last four amino acids.
- the side chains of amino acids can interact with one another.
- the phenyl side chain of phenylaline would probably not be solvent exposed if that phenylalanine were found in a helix. If the interactions of that phenylalanine contributed to helix stability then substituting an alanine for a phenylalanine would disrupt the helix and change the conformation of a protein.
- a mimetic could be created by first determining which amino acid side chains became solvent exposed and thus removed from contributing to stabilization of the native state such as by the technique of scanning mutagenesis. Mutants containing amino acid substitutions at those same sights could be created so that the substituted amino acids would render the protein conformation more intermediate-like that native-like. Confirmation that the appropriate structure had been synthesized could come from spectroscopy and other analytical methods.
- Delivery compositions which include the supramolecular complex described above are typically formulated by mixing an effective amount of perturbant appropriate for the chosen route of delivery i.e, subcutaneous, nasal, or sublingual, with the active agent.
- the components can be prepared well prior to administration or can be mixed just prior to administration.
- the delivery compositions of the present invention may also include one or more enzyme inhibitors.
- enzyme inhibitors include, but are not limited to, compounds such as actinonin or epiactinonin and derivatives thereof. These compounds have the formulas below:
- R 31 is sulfoxymethyl or carboxyl or a substituted carboxy group selected from carboxamide, hydroxyaminocarbonyl and alkoxycarbonyl groups; and R 32 is hydroxyl, alkoxy, hydroxyamino or sulfoxyamino group.
- Other enzyme inhibitors include, but are not limited to, aprotinin (Trasylol) and Bowman-Birk inhibitor.
- the stabilizing additives may be incorporated into a carrier solution of the supramolecular complex. With some drugs, the presence of such additives promotes the stability and dispersibility of the agent in solution.
- the stabilizing additives may be employed at a concentration ranging between about 0.1 and 5% (W/V), preferably about 0.5% (W/V).
- Suitable, but non-limiting, examples of stabilizing additives include gum acacia, gelatin, methyl cellulose, polyethylene glycol, carboxylic acids and salts thereof, and polylysine.
- the preferred stabilizing additives are gum acacia, gelatin and methyl cellulose.
- the amount of active agent is an amount effective to accomplish the purpose of the particular active agent.
- the amount in the composition typically is a pharmacologically or biologically effective amount. However, the amount can be less than a pharmacologically or biologically effective amount when the composition is used in a dosage unit form, such as a capsule, a tablet or a liquid, because the dosage unit form may contain a multiplicity of carrier/biologically or chemically active agent compositions or may contain a divided pharmacologically or biologically effective amount.
- the total effective amounts can then be administered in cumulative units containing, in total, pharmacologically or biologically or chemically active amounts of biologically or pharmacologically active agent.
- the total amount of active agent, and particularly biologically or chemically active agent, to be used can be determined by those skilled in the art. However, it has surprisingly been found that with some biologically or chemically active agents, the use of the presently disclosed carriers provides extremely efficient delivery, particularly in, intranasal, sublingual, or subcutaneous systems. Therefore, lower amounts of biologically or chemically active agent than those used in prior dosage unit forms or delivery systems can be administered to the subject, while still achieving the same blood levels and therapeutic effects.
- the amount of perturbant used is a delivery effective amount.
- compositions of the present invention may be formulated into dosage units by the addition of one or more excipient(s), diluent(s), disintegrant(s), lubricant(s), plasticizer(s), colorant(s), or dosing vehicle(s).
- Preferred dosage unit forms are oral dosage unit forms. Most preferred dosage unit forms include, but are not limited to, tablets, capsules, or liquids.
- the dosage unit forms can include biologically, pharmacologically, or therapeutically effective amounts of the active agent or can include less than such an amount if multiple dosage unit forms are to be used to administer a total dosage of the active agent. Dosage unit forms are prepared by methods conventional in the art.
- the subject invention is useful for administering biologically active agents to any animals such as birds; mammals, such as primates and particularly humans; and insects.
- the systems are particularly advantageous for delivering chemical or biologically active agents which would otherwise be destroyed or rendered less effective by conditions encountered before the active agent in the native state reaches its target zone (i.e. the area to which the active agent to be delivered) and by conditions within the body of the animal to which they are administered.
- the present invention is useful in subcutaneously, intranasally, or sublingually administering active agents.
- Lane 1 High molecular weight marker (Bio-Rad)—1:20 dilution w/dH 2 O—(5 ⁇ l—>100 ⁇ l).
- Lane 2 ⁇ -interferon A (647 ⁇ g/mL) control 5 ⁇ l+5 ⁇ l Bromophenol Blue (BPB)—(1.29 ⁇ g loaded).
- Example 2 The method of Example 1 was followed substituting the thermal condensation product of glutamic acid, aspartic acid, tyrosine, and phenyl-alanine (Glu-Asp-Tye-Phe) that was fractionated through a 3000 molecular weight cut-off filter for the perturbant.
- Lane 1 High Molecular Weight marker (Bio-Rad).
- Lane 2 ⁇ -interferon (647 ⁇ g/mL) ⁇ 5 ⁇ l+5 ⁇ l BPB control.
- Examples 1 and 1A illustrate that ⁇ -interferon alone (lane 2 in FIGS. 1 and 2) banded at the appropriate molecular weight (approximately 19,000 Daltons). As the amount of perturbant added is increased in each subsequent lane relative to a fixed concentration of ⁇ -interferon, the ⁇ -interferon migrates to a lower, rather than a higher, molecular weight. The change seen with the perturbant of Example 1 is more pronounced than that seen with the perturbant of Example 1A. This indicates that the ⁇ -interferon structure is changing due to the two different perturbants, because if structure were not changing, there would be a shift towards higher molecular weight as perturbant complexes with the active agent.
- a dosing composition of the perturbant of Example 1 at 2.4 mM and sCt at 0.3 mM was prepared, and isothermal titration calorimetry was performed at pH 6.5 and 4.5.
- the buffer at pH 6.5 was 30 mM Hepes-30 mM NaCl, and the buffer at pH 4.5, was 30 mM sodium acetate-30 mM NaCl.
- Example 2 The method of Example 2 was followed substituting the perturbant of Example 1A. Results were validated in experiments where perturbant was placed in the dropping syringe, and equivalent increments were added to pH 4.5 buffer (no sct).
- a stock solution of 9.1 mg/mL of ⁇ interferon (Schering Plough Corp.) in 20 mM sodium phosphate buffer at pH 7.2 was prepared. Samples were prepared by diluting the ⁇ -interferon with the sodium phosphate buffer and 10 M guanidine hydrochloride (GuHCl) (Sigma Chemical Co.—St. Louis, Mo.) stock solution to 200 ⁇ g/mL concentration of ⁇ -interferon at various concentrations of GuHCl. Diluted samples were allowed to come to equilibrium by incubation for approximately 30 minutes at room temperature prior to measurement.
- ⁇ interferon Schering Plough Corp.
- Fluorescence measurements were made at 25° C. using a Hitachi F-4500. Protein tryptophan fluorescence was observed at an excitation wavelength of 298 nm and an emission wavelength of 343 nm. ANS (1-anilinonapthalene-8-sulfonate) fluorescence was observed at an excitation wavelength of 355 nm and an emission wavelength of 530 nm. For all fluorescence measurements, a 5 nm spectral bandpass was chosen for both excitation and emission.
- GuHCl 5M stock solution was prepared using 20 mM sodium phosphate, pH 7.2 buffer. After dilution, the pH of the stock was checked and adjusted by concentrated HCl. To determine the concentration of final solution the refractive index referenced in Methods in Enzymology, Vol. 6, page 43 by Yasuhiko Nozaki was used.
- ⁇ -interferon stock (9.1 mg/mL) was mixed with sufficient amounts of GuHCl to yield the concentrations of Table 1A below: TABLE 1A ⁇ -Interferon/GuHCI Solutions GuHCI (M) ⁇ -IFN (mg/mL) 0.5 0.60 1.0 0.53 1.5 0.60 2.0 0.50 3.0 0.60 4.0 0.50
- DSC Differential scanning calorimetry
- a stock solution of 9.1 mg/mL ⁇ -interferon in 20 mM sodium phosphate buffer at pH 7.2 was prepared. Samples were prepared by diluting the ⁇ -interferon to a concentration of 200 ug/mL into solution buffered at various pH values using the following buffers: Glycine at pH 2 and 12, sodium phosphate at pH 3, 4, 5, 7, and boric acid at pH 8. These buffers were prepared as described in the Practical Handbook of Biochemistry and Molecular Biology, Edited by Gerald D. Fasman, 1990. Diluted samples were allowed to come to equilibrium by incubation for approximately 30 minutes at room temperature prior to measurement.
- a stock solution was prepared by dissolving 2 mg of insulin in 1 mL of deionized water.
- 1-anilinonaphthalene-8-sulphonate (ANS) stock solution was prepared by dissolving 10 mg in 10 mL of deionized water.
- Samples were prepared by diluting the insulin to a concentration of 200 ug/mL into solution buffered at various pH values using the following buffers: Glycine at pH 2 and 12, sodium phosphate at pH 3, 4, 5, 7, and boric acid at pH 8. These buffers were prepared as described in the Practical Handbook of Biochemistry and Molecular Biology, Edited by Gerald D. Fasman, 1990. The final ANS concentration was 90 ug/mL. Diluted samples were allowed to come to equilibrium by incubation for approx. 30 minutes at room temperature prior to measurement.
- Circular dichroism spectra of ⁇ -interferon were generated at pH 7.2. The pH of the solution was then readjusted to pH 2, and the sample was rescanned. The sample solution was then readjusted to 7.2 and rescanned.
- the secondary structure content was estimated with several fitting programs, each of which decomposes the CD curve into four major structural components: ⁇ -helix, ⁇ -sheet, turns, and random coil. Two of those programs were provided with the CD instrument as an analysis facility. The first program uses seven reference proteins: Myoglobin, Lysozyme, Papain, Cytochrome C, Hemoglobin, Ribonuclease A and Chymotrypsin. The second uses Yang.REF reference file.
- a third program, CCAFAST uses the Convex Constraint Algorithm and is described in “Analysis of Circular Dichroism Spectrum of Proteins Using the Convex Constraint Algorithm: A Practical Guide”. (A. Perczel, K. Park and G. D. Fasman (1992) Anal. Biochem. 203: 83-93).
- DSC was performed with 6 mg/mL insulin (0.83 mM assuming a molecular weight of 6,000) in 50 mM phosphate buffer, pH 7.5. Each subsequent thermogram was corrected by background subtraction of a 0.6M guanidine-phosphate buffer solution.
- Insulin was freshly prepared as a concentrated stock solution in 50 mM phosphate buffer, pH 7.5, and an appropriate aliquot was diluted in buffer, filtered though a 2 micron PTFE filter, and degassed for at least 20 minutes.
- the reference cell contained degassed buffer.
- Example 9 The method of Example 9 was followed substituting 5 mg/mL recombinant human growth hormone (rhGh) (225 ⁇ M based on M,22,128 of HGH) in 50 mM phosphate buffer, pH 7.5 containing either 0.5 or 1.0M NaCl, for the insulin. The thermograms were corrected by subtraction of a 0.5M NaCl-phosphate buffer blank.
- rhGh human growth hormone
- ⁇ -interferon stock (9.1 mg/mL) was diluted with buffer to a concentration of 0.6 mg/mL. The sample was dialyzed overnight in buffer (volume ratio of ⁇ -interferon to buffer was 1:4000). Since there was no extinction coefficient provided, concentration of the sample used was determined by comparison of absorption spectra of the sample before and after dialysis. For each particular pH, the absorbance of the nondialyzed ⁇ -interferon of known concentration was measured at 280 nm. Then after dialysis, absorbance was read again to account for the protein loss, dilution, etc. Buffer conditions and ⁇ -interferon concentrations were:
- pH 4.1 Buffer—20 mM NaAc.
- IFN 0.53 mg/mL;
- DSC scans were performed according to the procedure of Example 9. Although clear, transparent solutions of ⁇ -interferon were obtained for every pH at room temperature, there were noticeable signs of precipitation at pH 5.0 and 6.0 after the temperature scans.
- GuHCL/ ⁇ -interferon samples were prepared according to the method of Example 4. DSC scans were performed according to the procedure of Example 9.
- Examples 3-14 illustrate that ionic strength, guanidine hydrochloride concentration, and pH result in changes in the Tm of active agents, indicating a change in conformation. This was confirmed by fluorescence spectroscopy. The reversible intermediate conformational states can be used as templates to prepare mimetics.
- An intermediate conformational state of ⁇ -interferon is determined.
- a peptide mimetic having the secondary and tertiary structure of the intermediate state is prepared.
- Example 15 The method of Example 15 is followed substituting an insulin for the ⁇ -interferon.
- Example 15 The method of Example 15 is followed substituting recombinant human growth hormone for the ⁇ -interferon.
- a stock solution of 9.1 mg/mL ⁇ -interferon in 20 mM sodium phosphate buffer at pH 7.2 was prepared.
- a stock solution of perturbant was prepared by dissolving 800 mg of perturbant (L-arginine acylated with cyclohexanoyl chloride) in 2 mL of 20 mM Sodium Phosphate buffer (pH7).
- Samples were prepared by diluting the ⁇ -interferon with the sodium phosphate buffer and perturbant stock solution at various perturbant concentrations. Diluted samples were allowed to come to equilibrium by incubation for approximately 30 minutes at room temperature prior to measurement.
- Perturbant binding DSC was conducted using 20 mM NaPhosphate buffer at pH 7.2. Dry perturbant was weighed out to make perturbant stock solutions. ⁇ -interferon stock was diluted in the buffer. ⁇ -interferon solution was not dialyzed prior to experiments for the purpose of having the same active concentration for the whole set.
- DSC thermograms were generated with ⁇ -interferon at a concentration of 0.64 mg/ml and a perturbant (phenylsulfonyl-para-aminobenzoic acid purified to >98% (as determined by reverse phase chromatography prior to generation of the spectra)) at perturbant concentrations of 5, 10, 25 and 100 mg/ml.
- DSC was conducted on a DASM-4 differential scanning calorimeter interfaced to an IBM PC for automatic collection of the data. The scanning rate was 60° C./h.
- Example 19 The method of Example 19 was followed substituting ⁇ -interferon without perturbant. Results are illustrated in Table 9 below and FIG. 10. TABLE 9 ⁇ -Interferon + Perturbant DSC Perturbant - mg/ml Tm ° C. ⁇ H cal/mol 0 67.12 72562 5 64.37 60151 10 62.3 53161 25 58.15 35393 100 46.18 5439.3
- the dialyzed sample had essentially the same Tm and the same area under the Cp vs. Tm curve as it did prior to addition of the perturbant. This indicated that not only was the perturbant able to induce conformational changes in the protein but that this process was reversible. Dilution was enough of a driving force to effect disengagement of the perturbant from the active agent.
- Example 4 The method of Example 4 was followed, substituting the perturbant of Example 19 for the GuHCl.
- Example 19 The method of Example 19 was followed substituting cyclohexanoyl phenylglycine for the perturbant.
- Example 4 The method of Example 4 was followed substituting the perturbant of Example 30 for the GuHCl.
- the ⁇ H v. Tm plot indicates the existence of an equilibrium intermediate conformation of ⁇ -interferon that is stable at below 5 and 25 mg/ml of added cyclohexanoyl phenylglycine perturbant.
- Isothermal titration calorimetry of perturbant complexing with ⁇ -interferon was performed at 25° C. at two different pH's.
- the buffers used were 20 mM NaPhosphate for pH 7.2 and 20 mM NaAc for pH 3.0.
- ⁇ -interferon solution was dialyzed before the experiment to reach the appropriate pH. Dry perturbants were weighed and diluted in dialysate.
- ITC was conducted on a MicroCal OMEGA titration calorimeter (MicroCal Inc.—Northampton, Mass.). Data points were collected every 2 seconds, without subsequent filtering. ⁇ -interferon solution placed in 1.3625 mL cell was titrated using a 250 ⁇ L syringe filled with concentrated perturbant solution. A certain amount of titrant was injected every 3-5 minutes for up to 55 injections.
- x-axis units are concentration of carrier in mM.
- y-axis units represent heat/injection expressed in calories.
- Example 24 and Comparative Example 24* illustrate that ⁇ -interferon has a positive enthalpy and a binding constant (K d ⁇ 10 ⁇ 3 M).
- Example 24 The method of Example 24 was followed substituting the perturbant of Example 19 for the perturbant of Example 22.
- x-axis units are concentration of carrier in mM.
- y-axis units represent heat/injection expressed in calories.
- Examples 24 and 25 indicate that the stronger the perturbant complexes with the active agent and the more thermodynamically stable the intermediate state of the active agent, the greater the bioavailability of the active agent.
- FIGS. 17 and 18 illustrate that conformational changes in ⁇ -interferon are more readily produced by benzoyl para-amino phenylbutyric acid than by the perturbants of Examples 22 and 19, and that such changes are more readily produced by the perturbant of Example 22 than by the perturbant of Example 19.
- x-axis represents concentration of carrier in mM.
- y-axis represents heat/injection expressed in calories.
- the apparent dissociation constant for the perturbant of Example 26 is greater than that for the perturbant of Example 30 (10 ⁇ 4 M) at pH 7.
- benzoyl para-amino phenylbutyric acid complexes more strongly to ⁇ -interferon and induces the native state-reversible intermediate conformational state at lower concentrations of perturbant.
- the sum total of the heat evolved was plotted against the total perturbant concentration to produce the isotherm from which the association constant (K A , M), enthalpy change ( ⁇ H, kcal/mol), entropy change ( ⁇ S (eu), and N, and the stoichiometry of perturbant molecules complexed per equivalent of complexed supramolecular complex, were determined by curve-fitting the binding isotherm against the binding equation described for perturbant complexing in a supramolecular complex possessing one set of independent perturbant complexing sites.
- the data were deconvoluted using the nonlinear least squares algorithm supplied in the software of the manufacturer.
- the assay for pancreatin activity was prepared as follows: 0.1 mL of a stock solution of ⁇ -interferon (9.1 mg/mL, 20 mM NaH 2 PO 4 , pH 7.2) (Schering-Plough Corp.) was added to 2.5 mL of either phenylsulfonyl-para-aminobenzoic acid perturbant (46) or cyclohexanoyl phenylglycine perturbant (47) (200 mg/mL) in 5 mM KH 2 PO 4 , pH 7.0. Incubation was carried out at 37° C.
- Examples 31 and 32 illustrate that both supramolecular complexes resisted enzymatic degradation. However, in additional testing no correlation was shown between the enzyme inhibitors potency and the ability to deliver drug.
- the mobil phase was 67 mM phosphate buffer, pH7.4.
- the flow rate was 1.5 mL/min isocratic.
- Sample detection was done with a Perkin Elmer refractive index detector.
- K′ (Ret. time Carrier/Ret. time Water) ⁇ 1
- DSC experiments were carried out according to the procedure of Example 19, with 1.0 mg/ml dipalmitoylphosphatidylcholine (DPPC) mixed with perturbants XI, L, LII, LIII, and LIV.
- the concentrations of the perturbant were varied from 0 to 20 mg/ml.
- Perturbant binding DSC was conducted using 20 mM NaPhosphate buffer at pH 7.2. Dry perturbant L was weighed out to make perturbant stock solutions. DPPC stock solution was prepared in the buffer.
- DSC thermograms were generated with DPPC at a concentration of 1.0 mg/ml.
- the perturbant concentrations used were 0, 5, 10, and 20 mg/ml.
- the DSC was performed as described in Example 19.
- Perturbant binding DSC was conducted using 20 mM NaPhosphate buffer at pH 7.2. Dry perturbant L was weighed out to make perturbant stock solutions.
- DPPC stock solution was prepared in the buffer.
- rhGH solution was prepared as described in Example 10A.
- DSC thermograms were generated with DPPC at a concentration of 1.0 mg/ml. Samples having DPPC alone; DPPC with 10 mg/ml of perturbant; DPPC with 0.3 mg/ml of rhGH; and DPPC, 10 mg/ml of perturbant and 0.3 mg/ml of rhGH were prepared and analyzed. The DSC was performed as described in Example 19.
- DSC thermograms were generated with DPPC at a concentration of 1.0 mg/ml. Samples having DPPC alone; DPPC with 5 mg/ml of perturbant; DPPC with 0.3 mg/ml of rhGH; and DPPC, 5 mg/ml of perturbant and 0.3 mg/ml of rhGH were prepared and analyzed. The DSC was performed as described in Example 19.
- Perturbant binding DSC was conducted using 20 mM NaPhosphate buffer at pH 7.2. Dry perturbant XI was weighed out to make perturbant stock solutions.
- DPPC stock solution was prepared in the buffer.
- rhGH solution was prepared as described in Example 10A.
- DSC thermograms were generated with DPPC at a concentration of 1.0 mg/ml. Samples having DPPC alone; DPPC with 2 mg/ml of perturbant; DPPC with 0.3 mg/ml of rhGH; and DPPC, 2 mg/ml of perturbant and 0.3 mg/ml of rhGH were prepared and analyzed. The DSC was performed as described in Example 19.
- Dosing compositions were prepared by mixing the modified amino acids and recombinant human growth hormone (rhGH) as listed in Table 16 below in a phosphate buffer solution at a pH of about 7-8.
- Rats were administered the dosing composition by sublingual or intranasal administration. Delivery was evaluated by using an ELISA assay for rhGH from Medix Biotech, Inc. For intracolonic administration, a sample was prepared and dosed to fasted rats at 25 mg/kg of carrier in a buffered solution containing propylene glycol (0-50%) and 1 mg/kg rhGH.
- rhGH (6 mg/ml) was administered by oral gavage to a rat, and delivery was evaluated according to the procedure of Example 41A.
- Results are illustrated in Table 16 below.
- TABLE 16 In Vivo Delivery of rhGH Carrier Drug Method of Mean Peak Serum Dose Dose Admin- Levels of rhGH
- the delivery agents were reconstituted with distilled water and adjusted to pH 7.2-8.0 with either aqueous hydrochloric acid or aqueous sodium hydroxide.
- a stock solution of rhGH was prepared by mixing rhGH, D-mannitol and glycine and dissolving this mixture in 2% glycerol/water. The stock solution was then added to the delivery agent solution.
- Several delivery agent to active agent ratios were studied.
- Serum rhGH concentrations were quantified by an rhGH enzyme immunoassay test kit. The results are given in Table 17 and FIGS. 28 and 29.
- FIG. 29 the circles represent the response following SL dosing of an aqueous solution of compound CXXIII-H and rhGH.
- the squares represent the response following IN dosing of an aqueous solution of compound CXXIII-H and rhGH.
- the triangles represent the response following IC dosing of an aqueous solution of compound CXXIII-H and rhGH.
- the dose of compound CXXIII-H was 25 mg/kg and the dose of rhGH was 1 mg/kg.
- rhGH (1 mg/kg) was administered by oral gavage to a rat, and delivery was evaluated according to the procedure of Example 43.
- the delivery agents were reconstituted with distilled water and adjusted to pH 7.2-8.0 with either aqueous hydrochloric acid or aqueous sodium hydroxide.
- a stock solution of sCT was prepared by dissolving sCT in citric acid (0.085N). The stock solution was then added to the delivery agent solution.
- Several different delivery agent to active agent ratios were studied.
- Serum calcium concentrations were quantified by the o-cresolphthalein complexone method (Sigma) using a UV/VIS spectrophotometer (Perkin Elmer). The results are given in Table 5.
- Salmon calcitonin was administered by oral gavage to rats, and delivery was evaluated according to the Procedure of Example 55. The results are given in Table 18 below. TABLE 18 Delivery Agent Enhancement of Salmon Calcitonin (sCT, dosed at 0.2 ⁇ g/kg) Bioavailability Administered by Subcutaneous Administration. Delivery Agent Dose Percent Decrease in Example Deliver Ageny ( ⁇ g/kg) Serum Calcium 55 CXXIII-H 2 17 ⁇ 3 55A None 0 17 ⁇ 2 56 CXXIII-H 20 25 ⁇ 4 57 CXXIII-H 200 25 ⁇ 5 58 CXXIII-H 2000 26 ⁇ 5 59 CXI-G 20 21 ⁇ 4 60 CXIV-G 20 20 ⁇ 3
Landscapes
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Epidemiology (AREA)
- Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
- Proteomics, Peptides & Aminoacids (AREA)
- Endocrinology (AREA)
- Zoology (AREA)
- Molecular Biology (AREA)
- Gastroenterology & Hepatology (AREA)
- General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Immunology (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- Oil, Petroleum & Natural Gas (AREA)
- Biophysics (AREA)
- Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
- Dermatology (AREA)
- Biochemistry (AREA)
- Diabetes (AREA)
- Birds (AREA)
- Analytical Chemistry (AREA)
- Medicines That Contain Protein Lipid Enzymes And Other Medicines (AREA)
- Medicinal Preparation (AREA)
- Medicines Containing Antibodies Or Antigens For Use As Internal Diagnostic Agents (AREA)
- Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
- Agricultural Chemicals And Associated Chemicals (AREA)
Abstract
Methods for transporting a biologically active agent across a cellular membrane or a lipid bilayer. A first method includes the steps of:
(a) providing a biologically active agent which can exist in a native conformational state, a denatured conformational state, and an intermediate conformational state which is reversible to the native state and which is conformationally between the native and denatured states;
(b) exposing the biologically active agent to a complexing perturbant to reversibly transform the biologically active agent to the intermediate state and to form a transportable supramolecular complex; and
(c) exposing the membrane or bilayer to the supramolecular complex, to transport the biologically active agent across the membrane or bilayer. The perturbant has a molecular weight between about 150 and about 600 daltons, and contains at least one hydrophilic moiety and at least one hydrophobic moiety. The supramolecular complex comprises the perturbant non-covalently bound or complexed with the biologically active agent. In the present invention, the biologically active agent does not form a microsphere after interacting with the perturbant. A method for preparing an orally administrable biologically active agent comprising steps (a) and (b) above is also provided as are oral delivery compositions.
Additionally, mimetics and methods for preparing mimetics are contemplated.
Description
- This application is a continuation-in-part of:
- (a) U.S. Ser. No. 08/763,183, filed Dec. 10, 1996, which is a continuation-in-part of U.S. Ser. No. 08/328,932, filed Oct. 25, 1994;
- (b) U.S. Ser. No. 08/051,019, filed Apr. 22, 1993, now U.S. Pat. No. 5,451,410;
- (c) U.S. Ser. No. 08/168,776, filed Dec. 16, 1993, now U.S. Pat. No. 5,447,728, which is a continuation-in-part of U.S. Ser. No. 08/051,019, filed Apr. 22, 1993, now U.S. Pat. No. 5,451,410, and of U.S. Ser. No. 08/143,571, filed Oct. 26, 1993, which is a continuation-in-part of U.S. Ser. No. 08/076,803, filed Jun. 14, 1993, which is a continuation-in-part of U.S. Ser. No. 07/920,346, filed Jul. 27, 1992, now U.S. Pat. No. 5,443,841, which is a continuation-in-part of U.S. Ser. No. 07/898,909, filed Jun. 15, 1992;
- (d) PCT Serial No. PCT/US94/04560, filed Apr. 22, 1994, which is a continuation-in-part of U.S. Ser. No. 08/051,019, filed Apr. 22, 1993, now U.S. Pat. No. 5,451,410, and of U.S. Ser. No. 08/205,511, filed on Mar. 2, 1994;
- (e) U.S. Ser. No. 08/231,622, filed Apr. 22, 1994;
- (f) U.S. Ser. No. 08/205,511, filed Mar. 2, 1994;
- (g) U.S. Ser. No. 08/231,623, filed Apr. 22, 1994, now U.S. Pat. No. 5,541,155;
- (h) U.S. Ser. No. 08/315,200, filed Sep. 29, 1994;
- (i) U.S. Ser. No. 08/316,404, filed Sep. 30, 1994; and
- (j) U.S. Ser. No. 08/820,644, filed Mar. 18, 1997, which is a conversoin of U.S. provisional patent application Serial No. 60/017,902, filed Mar. 29, 1996.
- The present invention relates to methods and compositions for transporting active agents, and particularly biologically active agents, across cell membranes or lipid bilayers. These methods and compositions facilitate the delivery of an active agent to a target, such as the delivery of a pharmaceutical agent through an adverse environment to a particular location of the body.
- Conventional means for delivering active agents to their intended targets, e.g. human organs, tumor cites, etc., are often severely limited by the presence of biological, chemical, and physical barriers. Typically, these barriers are imposed by the environment through which delivery must take place, the environment of the target for delivery, or the target itself.
- Biologically active agents are particularly vulnerable to such barriers. In the delivery to animals of such agents, including, but not limited to pharmacological and therapeutical agents, barriers are impeded by the body. Subcutaneous, nasal or sublingual delivery to the circulatory system for many biologically active agents would be the route of choice for administration to animals if not for physical barriers such as the skin, lipid bi-layers, and various organ membranes that are relatively impermeable to certain biologically active agents, but one or more of which must be traversed before an agent delivered via these routes can reach the circulatory system. Additionally, delivery such as, for example, sublingual delivery may be impeded by chemical barriers such as the varying pH in the gastrointestinal (GI) tract and the presence of powerful digestive enzymes.
- While in many cases different methods of administration of these compounds would be preferable. Many of these agents cannot be delivered by these routes to the target at which the active agent renders its intended biological effect.
- Typically, the initial focus of drug design is on the physiochemical properties of pharmaceutical compounds and particularly their therapeutic function. The secondary design focus is on the need to deliver the active agent to its biological target(s). This is particularly true for drugs and other biologically active agents that are designed for oral administration to humans and other animals. However, thousands of therapeutic compounds are discarded because no delivery systems are available to ensure that therapeutic titers of the compounds will reach the appropriate anatomical location or compartment(s) after administration and particularly oral administration. Furthermore, many existing therapeutic agents are underutilized for their approved indications because of constraints on their mode(s) of administration. Additionally, many therapeutic agents could be effective for additional clinical indications beyond those for which they are already employed if there existed a practical methodology to deliver them in appropriate quantities to the appropriate biological targets.
- Although nature has achieved successful inter- and intra-cellular transport of active agents such as proteins, this success has not been translated to drug design. In nature, the transportable conformation of an active agent such as a protein is different than the conformation of the protein in its native state. In addition, natural transport systems often effect a return to the native state of the protein subsequent to transport. When proteins are synthesized by ribosomes, they are shuttled to the appropriate cellular organelle by a variety of mechanisms e.g. signal peptides and/or chaperoning. Gething, M-J., Sambrook, J.,Nature, 355, 1992, 33-45. One of the many functions of either the signal peptides or the chaperonins is to prevent premature folding of the protein into the native state. The native state is usually described as the 3-dimensional state with the lowest free energy. By maintaining the protein in a partially unfolded state, the signal peptides or the chaperonins facilitate the protein's ability to cross various cellular membranes until the protein reaches the appropriate organelle. The chaperonin then separates from the protein or the signal peptide is cleaved from the protein, allowing the protein to fold to the native state. It is well known that the ability of the protein to transit cellular membranes is at least partly a consequence of being in a partially unfolded state.
- Current concepts of protein folding suggest that there are a number of discrete conformations in the transition from the native state to the fully denatured state. Baker, D., Agard, D. A.,Biochemistry, 33, 1994, 7505-7509. The framework model of protein folding suggests that in the initial early stages of folding the domains of the protein that are the secondary structure units will form followed by the final folding into the native state. Kim, P. S., Baldwin, R. L., Annu. Rev. Biochem., 59, 1990, 631-660. In addition to these kinetic intermediates, equilibrium intermediates appear to be significant for a number of cellular functions. Bychkova, V. E., Berni, R., et al, Biochemistry, 31, 1992, 7566-7571, and Sinev, M. A., Razgulyaev, O. I., et al, Eur. J. Biochem., 1989, 180, 61-66. Available data on chaperonins indicate that they function, in part, by keeping proteins in a conformation that is not the native state. In addition, it has been demonstrated that proteins in partially unfolded states are able to pass through membranes, whereas the native state, especially of large globular proteins, penetrates membranes poorly, if at all. Haynie, D. T., Freire, E., Proteins:Structure, Function and Genetics, 16, 1993, 115-140.
- Similarly, some ligands such as insulin which are unable to undergo conformational changes associated with the equilibrium intermediates described above, lose their functionality. Hua, Q. X., Ladbury, J. E., Weiss, M. A.,Biochemistry, 1993, 32, 1433-1442; Remington, S., Wiegand, G., Huber, R., 1982, 158, 111-152; Hua, Q. X., Shoelson, S. E., Kochoyan, M. Weiss, M. A., Nature, 1991, 354, 238-241.
- Studies with diphtheria toxin and cholera toxin indicate that after diphtheria toxin binds to its cellular receptor, it is endocytosed, and while in this endocytic vesicle, it is exposed to an acidic pH environment. The acidic pH induces a structural change in the toxin molecule which provides the driving force for membrane insertion and translocation to the cytosol. See, Ramsay, G., Freire, E.Biochemistry, 1990, 29, 8677-8683 and Schon, A., Freire, E., Biochemistry, 1989, 28, 5019-5024. Similarly, cholera toxin undergoes a conformational change subsequent to endocytosis which allows the molecule to penetrate the nuclear membrane. See also, Morin, P. E., Diggs, D., Freire, E., Biochemistry, 1990, 29, 781-788.
- Earlier designed delivery systems have used either an indirect or a direct approach to delivery. The indirect approach seeks to protect the drug from a hostile environment. Examples are enteric coatings, liposomes, microspheres, microcapsules. See, colloidal drug delivery systems, 1994, ed. Jorg Freuter, Marcel Dekker, Inc.; U.S. Pat. No. 4,239,754; Patel et al. (1976),FEBS Letters, Vol. 62, pg. 60; and Hashimoto et al. (1979), Endocrinology Japan, Vol. 26, pg. 337. All of these approaches are indirect in that their design rationale is not directed to the drug, but rather is directed to protecting against the environment through which the drug must pass enroute to the target at which it will exert its biological activity, i.e. to prevent the hostile environment from contacting and destroying the drug.
- The direct approach is based upon forming covalent linkages with the drug and a modifier, such as the creation of a prodrug. Balant, L. P., Doelker, E., Buri, P.,Eur. J. Drug Metab. And Pharmacokinetics, 1990, 15(2), 143-153. The linkage is usually designed to be broken under defined circumstances, e.g. pH changes or exposure to specific enzymes. The covalent linkage of the drug to a modifier essentially creates a new molecule with new properties such as an altered log P value and/or as well as a new spatial configuration. The new molecule has different solubility properties and is less susceptible to enzymatic digestion. An example of this type of method is the covalent linkage of polyethylene glycol to proteins. Abuchowski, A., Van Es, T., Palczuk, N. C., Davis, F. F., J. Biol. Chem. 1977, 252, 3578.
- Broad spectrum use of prior delivery systems has been precluded, however, because: (1) the systems require toxic amounts of adjuvants or inhibitors; (2) suitable low molecular weight cargos, i.e. active agents, are not available; (3) the systems exhibit poor stability and inadequate shelf life; (4) the systems are difficult to manufacture; (5) the systems fail to protect the active agent (cargo); (6) the systems adversely alter the active agent; or (7) the systems fail to allow or promote absorption of the active agent.
- There is still a need in the art for simple, inexpensive delivery systems which are easily prepared and which can deliver a broad range of active agents to their intended targets, especially in the case of pharmaceutical agents that are to be administered via the oral route.
- The present invention discloses methods for administering, by either the subcutaneous, nasal, or sublingual routes, a biologically active agent to a subject in need of such agent. A first method includes the steps of:
- (a) providing a biologically active agent which can exist in a native conformational state, a denatured conformational state, and an intermediate conformational state which is reversible to the native state and which is conformationally between the native and denatured states;
- (b) exposing the biologically active agent to a complexing perturbant to reversibly transform the biologically active agent to the intermediate state and to form a transportable supramolecular complex wherein the perturbant is in an amount effective for subcutaneous, nasal or sublingual delivery of the biologically active agent; and
- (c) either subcutaneously, nasally, or sublingually administering the supramolecular complex to the subject.
- The perturbant has a molecular weight between about 150 and about 600 daltons, and contains at least one hydrophilic moiety and at least one hydrophobic moiety. The supramolecular complex comprises the perturbant non-covalently bound or complexed with the biologically active agent. In the present invention, the biologically active agent does not form a microsphere after interacting with the perturbant.
- Also contemplated is a method for preparing subcutaneously, nasally, or sublingually administrable biologically active agent comprising steps (a) and (b) above.
- In alternate embodiments, subcutaneous, nasal, or sublingual delivery compositions are provided. The compositions comprise a supramolecular complex including:
- (a) a biologically active agent in an intermediate conformational state which is reversible to the native state, non-covalently complexed with
- (b) a complexing perturbant having a molecular weight ranging from about 150 to about 600 and having at least one hydrophilic moiety and at least one hydrophobic moiety wherein the perturbant is in an amount effective for subcutaneous, nasal, or sublingual delivery of the biologically active agent; and
- wherein the intermediate state is conformationally between the native conformation state and denatured conformation state of the biologically active agent and the composition is not a microsphere.
- Further contemplated is a method for preparing an agent which is a mimetic which is capable of being administered, by the subcutaneous, nasal, or sublingual route, to a subject in need of such agent. A biologically active agent which can exist in a native conformational state, a denatured conformational state, and an intermediate conformational state which is reversible to the native state and which is conformationally between the native state and the denatured state, is exposed to a complexing perturbant in an amount effective for subcutaneous, nasal, or sublingual delivery of such an agent to reversibly transform the biologically active agent to the intermediate conformational state and to form a transportable supramolecular complex. The perturbant has a molecular weight between about 150 and about 600 daltons and at least one hydrophilic moiety and one hydrophobic moiety. The supramolecular complex comprises the perturbant non-covalently complexed with the biologically active agent, and the biologically active agent does not form a microsphere with the perturbant. A mimetic of the supramolecular complex is prepared.
- Alternatively, a method for preparing an agent which is capable of being administered either by the subcutaneous, nasal, or sublingual routes, is provided. A biologically active agent which can exist in a native conformational state, a denatured conformational state, and an intermediate conformational state which is reversible to the native state and which is conformationally between the native and denatured states, is exposed to a perturbant to reversibly transform the biologically active agent to the intermediate state. The perturbant is in a respective amount effective for subcutaneous, nasal, or sublingual delivery of the agent. The agent, a mimetic of the intermediate state, is prepared.
- The administration by these routes in the methods and compositions of the present invention results in delivery of the agent in bioavailable and bioactive form.
- FIG. 1 is illustration of a native gradient gel of α-interferon (IFN) and a modified amino acid complexing perturbant.
- FIG. 2 is an illustration of a native gradient gel of α-interferon and a thermal condensate complexing perturbant.
- FIG. 3 is a graphic illustration of guanidine hydrochloride (GuHCl) induced denaturation of α-interferon.
- FIG. 4 is a graphic illustration of the concentration effect of GuHCl on α-interferon conformation.
- FIG. 5 is a graphic illustration of the pH denaturation of α-interferon.
- FIG. 6 is a graphic illustration of the pH denaturation of insulin.
- FIGS. 7A and 7B are graphic illustrations of the reversibility of the circular dichroism spectrum of α-interferon.
- FIG. 8 is a graphic illustration of the circular dichroism spectrum of α-interferon.
- FIG. 9 is a graphic illustration of intrinsic tryptophan fluorescence of α-interferon and a complexing perturbant.
- FIG. 10 is a graphic illustration of the differential scanning calorimetry of α-interferon and complexing perturbant.
- FIGS. 11A and 11B are graphic illustrations of the reversibility of the transformation due to complexing perturbants.
- FIG. 12 is a graphic illustration of the effect of complexing perturbant on α-interferon.
- FIG. 13 is a graphic illustration of the concentration effect of complexing perturbant on α-interferon conformation.
- FIG. 14 is a graphic illustration of the effect of complexing perturbant on α-interferon.
- FIG. 15 is a graphic illustration of the Isothermal Titration Calorimetry of α-interferon and complexing perturbant.
- FIG. 16 is a graphic illustration of the Isothermal Titration Calorimetry of α-interferon and complexing perturbant.
- FIG. 17 is a graphic illustration of the effects of complexing perturbants on α-interferon.
- FIG. 18 is a graphic illustration of the effect of the concentration of complexing perturbants on α-interferon.
- FIG. 19 is a graphic illustration of the Isothermal Titration Calorimetry of α-interferon and complexing perturbant.
- FIG. 20 is a graphic illustration of pancreatic inhibition assay with α-interferon and complexing perturbants.
- FIG. 21 is a graphic illustration of the effect of DSC of heparin at pH 5.0.
- FIG. 22 is a graphic illustration of the DSC of DPPC with perturbant compounds at several concentrations (units TM,° C. vs. concentration).
- FIG. 23 is a graphic illustration of the concentration effect of complexing perturbant compound L on the DPPC conformation.
- FIG. 24 is a graphic illustration of the concentration effect of complexing perturbant compound L on rhGH conformation.
- FIG. 25 is a graphic illustration of the concentration effect of complexing perturbant compound LI on rhGH conformation.
- FIG. 26 is a graphic illustration of the concentration effect of complexing perturbant compound XI on rhGH conformation.
- FIG. 27 is a graphic illustration of the differential light scattering of perturbant compound L in a 10 mM phosphate buffer at pH 7.0.
- FIG. 28 is a graphic illustration of the results of subcutaneous injection of rhGH composition in rats.
- FIG. 29 is a graphic illustration of the results of Sublingual (SL), intranasal (IN), and intracolonic (IC) dosing of rhGH in rats.
- FIG. 30 is a graphic illustration of the results of intracolonic dosing of heparin with compound XXXI carrier.
- Subcutaneous, sublingual, and intranasal coadministration of an active agent, such as recombinant human growth hormone (rhGH), and the delivery agents, and particularly proteins, described herein results in an increased bioavailability of the active agent compared to administration of the active agent alone. A similar result is obtained by coadministration of salmon calcitonin with the delivery agents, in rats. Data supporting these findings are presented in the examples.
- The present methods effect active agent delivery by creating a reversibly non-covalently complexed supramolecule from the active agent and an amount of complexing perturbant appropriate for the route of delivery. As a result, the three-dimensional structure or conformation of the active agent is changed, but the chemical composition of the active agent molecule is not altered. This alteration in structure (but not composition) provides the active agent with the appropriate properties, such as, for example, solubility (log P) to cross or penetrate a physical or chemical barrier, membrane, or lipid bilayer, to resist enzymatic degradation and the like. Crossing refers to transport from one side of the cell membrane or lipid bilayer to the opposite side (i.e. from the outside or exterior to the inside or interior of a cell and/or visa versa), whether the cell membrane or lipid bilayer is actually penetrated or not. Additionally, the perturbed intermediate state of the active agent or the supramolecular complex itself can be used as a template for the preparation of mimetics which, accordingly, could be delivered to a target by the appropriate route, i.e., subcutaneous, nasal, or sublingual. After crossing the cell membrane or lipid bilayer, an active agent has biological activity and bioavailability, either by restoration to the native state or by retaining biological activity or bioavailability acquired in the intermediate state. The mimetic acts similarly after crossing the cell membrane or lipid bilayer.
- Active Agents
- The native conformational state of an active agent is typically described as the three dimensional state with the lowest free energy (ΔG). It is the state in which the active agent typically possesses the full complement of activity ascribed to the agent, such as the full complement of biological activity ascribed to a biologically active agent.
- The denatured conformational state is the state in which the active agent has no secondary or tertiary structure.
- Intermediate conformational states exist between the native and denatured states. A particular active agent may have one or more intermediate states. The intermediate state achieved by the present invention is structurally and energetically distinct from both the native and denatured states. Active agents useful in the present invention must be transformable from their native conformational state to an intermediate conformational state which can be administered by the route of choice and back to their native state, i.e. reversibly transformable, so that when the active agent reaches its target, such as when a delivered drug reaches the circulatory system, the active agent retains, regains, or acquires a biologically, pharmacologically, or therapeutically significant complement of its desired biological activity. Preferably the ΔG of the intermediate state ranges from about −20 Kcal/mole to about 20 Kcal/mole, and most preferably, it ranges from about −10 Kcal/mole to about 10 Kcal/mole, all relative to the native state.
- For example in the case of a protein, the intermediate state has significant secondary structure, significant compactness due to the presence of a sizable hydrophobic core, and a tertiary structure reminiscent of the native fold but without necessarily exhibiting the packing of the native state. The difference in free energy (ΔG) between the intermediate state and the native state is relatively small. Hence, the equilibrium constant between the native and the transportable, reversible intermediate state(s) is close to unity (depending upon experimental conditions). Intermediate states can be confirmed by, for example, differential scanning calorimetry (DSC), isothermal titration calorimetry (ITC), native gradient gels, NMR, fluorescence, and the like.
- Without being bound by any theory, applicants believe that the physical chemistry of the intermediate state can be understood by the following explanation relating to proteinaceous active agents. Proteins can exist in stable intermediate conformations that are structurally and energetically distinct from either the native state or the denatured state. The inherent stability of any conformation(s) of any protein is reflected in the Gibbs free energy of the conformation(s). The Gibbs free energy for any state of a monomeric protein is described thermodynamically by the following relationship:
- ΔG 0 =ΔH 0(T R)−TΔS 0(T R)+ΔCp 0((T−T R)−T In(T/T R)) (1)
- where T is the temperature, TR is a reference temperature, ΔH0(TR) and TΔS0(TR) are the relative enthalpy and entropy of this state at the reference temperature, and ΔCp0 is the relative heat capacity of this state. It is convenient to chose the native state as the reference state to express all relative thermodynamic parameters.
-
-
- where the second term includes all the intermediates that become populated during the transition. The first and last terms of equation (3) are the statistical weights of the native and denatured states, respectively. Under most conditions, protein structure could be approximated by a two-state transition function:
- Q≈1+e −ΔGn/RT (4)
- See, Tanford, C.,Advances in Protein Chemistry, 1968, 23, 2-95. Conformations of proteins that are intermediate between the native state and the denatured state can be detected by, for example, NMR, calorimetry, and fluorescence. Dill, K. A., Shortle, D., Annu. Rev. Biochem. 60, 1991, 795-825.
-
- Therefore, measurement of the appropriate terms in equation (1) that would allow for the calculation of the Gibbs free energy would determine the extent to which any intermediate state(s) is populated to any significant degree under defined experimental conditions. This in turn indicates the role that these intermediate state(s) play in drug delivery. The more populated the intermediate state, the more efficient the delivery.
- Active agents suitable for use in the present invention include biologically active agents and chemically active agents, including, but not limited to, fragrances, as well as other active agents such as, for example, cosmetics.
- Biologically active agents include, but are not limited to, pesticides, pharmacological agents, and therapeutic agents. For example, biologically active agents suitable for use in the present invention include, but are not limited to, peptides, and particularly small peptides; hormones, and particularly hormones which by themselves do not or only pass slowly through the gastro-intestinal mucosa and/or are susceptible to chemical cleavage by acids and enzymes in the gastrointestinal tract; polysaccharides, and particularly mixtures of muco-polysaccharides; carbohydrates; lipids; or any combination thereof. Further examples include, but are not limited to, human growth hormones; bovine growth hormones; growth releasing hormones; interferons; interleukin-1; insulin; heparin, and particularly low molecular weight heparin; calcitonin; erythropoietin; atrial naturetic factor; antigens; monoclonal antibodies; somatostatin; adrenocorticotropin, gonadotropin releasing hormone; oxytocin; vasopressin; cromolyn sodium (sodium or disodium chromoglycate); vancomycin; desferrioxamine (DFO); anti-microbials, including, but not limited to anti-fungal agents; or any combination thereof.
- The methods and compositions of the present invention may combine one or more active agents.
- Perturbants
- Perturbants serve two purposes in the present invention. In a first embodiment, the active agent is contacted with an amount of perturbant which reversibly transforms the active agent from the native state to the intermediate state suitable for administration. The perturbant, in the appropriate amount, non-covalently complexes with the active agent to form a supramolecular complex which can be administered by a selected route. This supramolecular complex can be used as a template for the design of a mimetic or can be used as a delivery composition itself. The perturbant, in effect, fixes the active agent in the transportable intermediate state. The perturbant can be released from the supramolecular complex, such as by dilution in the circulatory system, so that the active agent can return to the native state appropriate for the route of delivery. Preferably, these perturbants have at least one hydrophilic (i.e. readily soluble in water, such as for example, a carboxylate group) and at least one hydrophobic moiety (i.e. readily soluble in an organic solvent such as, for example, a benzene group), and have a molecular weight ranging from about 150 to about 600 daltons and most preferably from about 200 to about 500 daltons.
- Complexing perturbant compounds include, but are not limited to proteinoids including linear, non-linear, and cyclic proteinoids; modified (acylated or sulfonated) amino acids, poly amino acids, and peptides; modified amino acid, poly amino acid, or peptide derivatives (ketones or aldehydes); diketopiperazine/amino acid constructs; carboxylic acids; and various other perturbants discussed below.
- Again without being bound by any theory, applicant believes that the non-covalent complexing may be effected by intermolecular forces including but not limited to, hydrogen bonding, hydrophilic interactions, electrostatic interactions, and Van der Waals interactions. For any given active agent/perturbant supramolecular complex, there will exist some combination of the aforementioned forces that maintain the association.
- The association constant Ka between the perturbant and the active agent can be defined according to equation (6)
- Ka=e−ΔG/RT (6)
- The dissociation constant Kd is the reciprocal of Ka. Thus measurement of the association constants between perturbant and active agent at a defined temperature will yield data on the molar Gibbs free energy which allows for the determination of the associated enthalpic and entropic effects. Experimentally these measurements can be made, for example, using NMR, fluorescence or calorimetry.
- This hypothesis can be illustrated with proteins in the following manner:
-
-
- =1+k 1 +k 1 k 2 (9)
-
- Because complexing must be reversible, the complexing of the perturbant with the active agent, as measured by the Ka, must be strong enough to insure delivery of the drug either to the systemic circulation and/or to the target(s), but not so strong so that disengagement of the perturbant will not occur in a timely manner to allow the active agent to renature if necessary to produce the desired effect(s).
- In a second embodiment, amounts of perturbants appropriate for the route of delivery reversibly transform the active agent to the intermediate state so that the conformation of that state can be used as a template for the preparation of mimetics. Perturbants for this purpose need not, but may, complex with the active agent. Therefore, in addition to the complexing perturbants discussed above, perturbants that change the pH of the active agent or its environment, such as for example, strong acids or strong bases; detergents; perturbants that change the ionic strength of the active agent or its environment; other agents such as for example, guanidine hydrochloride; and temperature can be used to transform the active agent. Either the supramolecular complex or the reversible intermediate state can be used as a template for mimetic design.
- Complexing Perturbants
- Amino acids are the basic materials used to prepare many of the complexing perturbants useful in the present invention. An amino acid is any carboxylic acid having at least one free amine group and includes naturally occurring and synthetic amino acids. The preferred amino acids for use in the present invention are α-amino acids, and most preferably are naturally occurring α-amino acids. Many amino acids and amino acid esters are readily available from a number of commercial sources such as Aldrich Chemical Co. (Milwaukee, Wis., U.S.A.); Sigma Chemical Co. (St. Louis, Mo., U.S.A.); and Fluka Chemical Corp. (Ronkonkoma, N.Y., U.S.A.).
-
- wherein:
- R1 is hydrogen, C1-C4 alkyl, or C2-C4 alkenyl;
- R2 is C1-C24 alkyl, C2-C24 alkenyl, C3-C10 cycloalkyl, C3-C10 cycloalkenyl, phenyl, naphthyl, (C1-C10 alkyl) phenyl, (C2-C10 alkenyl) phenyl, (C1-C10 alkyl) naphthyl, (C2-C10 alkenyl) naphthyl, phenyl (C1-C10 alkyl), phenyl (C2-C10 alkenyl), naphthyl (C1-C10 alkyl), or naphthyl (C2-C10 alkenyl);
- R2 being optionally substituted with C1-C4 alkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, —OH, —SH, —CO2R3, C3-C10 cycloalkyl, C3-C10 cycloalkenyl, heterocycle having 3-10 ring atoms wherein the hetero atom is one or more of N, O, S, or any combination thereof, aryl, (C1-C10 alk)aryl, ar(C1-C10 alkyl) or any combination thereof;
- R2 being optionally interrupted by oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur, or any combination thereof; and
- R3 is hydrogen, C1-C4 alkyl, or C2-C4 alkenyl.
- The preferred naturally occurring amino acids for use in the present invention as amino acids or components of a peptide are alanine, arginine, asparagine, aspartic acid, citrulline, cysteine, cystine, glutamine, glycine, histidine, isoleucine, leucine, lysine, methionine, ornithine, phenylalanine, proline, serine, threonine, tryptophan, tyrosine, valine, hydroxy proline, γ-carboxyglutamate, phenylglycine, or O-phosphoserine. The preferred amino acids are arginine, leucine, lysine, phenylalanine, tyrosine, tryptophan, valine, and phenylglycine.
- The preferred non-naturally occurring amino acids for use in the present invention are β-alanine, α-amino butyric acid, γ-amino butyric acid, γ-(aminophenyl) butyric acid, α-amino isobutyric acid, citrulline, ε-amino caproic acid, 7-amino heptanoic acid, β-aspartic acid, aminobenzoic acid, aminophenyl acetic acid, aminophenyl butyric acid, γ-glutamic acid, cysteine (ACM), ε-lysine, ε-lysine (A-Fmoc), methionine sulfone, norleucine, norvaline, ornithine, d-ornithine, p-nitro-phenylalanine, hydroxy proline, 1,2,3,4,-tetrahydroisoquinoline-3-carboxylic acid, and thioproline.
- Poly amino acids are either peptides or two or more amino acids linked by a bond formed by other groups which can be linked, e.g., an ester, anhydride or an anhydride linkage. Special mention is made of non-naturally occurring poly amino acids and particularly non-naturally occurring hetero-poly amino acids, i.e. of mixed amino acids.
- Peptides are two or more amino acids joined by a peptide bond. Peptides can vary in length from di-peptides with two amino acids to polypeptides with several hundred amino acids. See, Walker,Chambers Biological Dictionary, Cambridge, England: Chambers Cambridge, 1989,
page 215. Special mention is made of non-naturally occurring peptides and particularly non-naturally occurring peptides of mixed amino acids. Special mention is also made of di-peptides tri-peptides, tetra-peptides, and penta-peptides, and particularly, the preferred peptides are di-peptides and tri-peptides. Peptides can be homo- or hetero-peptides and can include natural amino acids, synthetic amino acids, or any combination thereof. - Proteinoid Complexing Perturbants
- Proteinoids are artificial polymers of amino acids. The proteinoids preferably are prepared from mixtures of amino acids. Preferred proteinoids are condensation polymers, and most preferably, are thermal condensation polymers. These polymers may be directed or random polymers. Proteinoids can be linear, branched, or cyclical, and certain proteinoids can be units of other linear, branched, or cyclical proteinoids.
- Special mention is made of diketopiperazines. Diketopiperazines are six member ring compounds. The ring includes two nitrogen atoms and is substituted at two carbons with two oxygen atoms. Preferably, the carbonyl groups are at the 1 and 4 ring positions. These rings can be optionally, and most often are, further substituted.
- Diketopiperazine ring systems may be generated during thermal polymerization or condensation of amino acids or amino acid derivatives. (Gyore, J; Ecet M.Proceedings Fourth ICTA (Thermal Analysis), 1974, 2, 387-394 (1974)). These six membered ring systems were presumably generated by intra-molecular cyclization of the dimer prior to further chain growth or directly from a linear peptide (Reddy, A. V., Int. J. Peptide Protein Res., 40, 472-476 (1992); Mazurov, A. A. et al., Int. J. Peptide Protein Res., 42, 14-19 (1993)).
- Diketopiperazines can also be formed by cyclodimerization of amino acid ester derivatives as described by Katchalski et al.,J. Amer. Chem. Soc., 68, 879-880 (1946), by cyclization of dipeptide ester derivatives, or by thermal dehydration of amino acid derivatives and high boiling solvents as described by Kopple et al., J. Org. Chem., 33 (2), 862-864 (1968).
- In a typical synthesis of a diketopiperazine, the COOH group(s) of an amino acid benzyl ester are activated in a first step to yield a protected ester. The amine is deprotected and cyclized via dimerization in a second step, providing a diketopiperazine di-ester. Finally, the COOH group(s) are deprotected to provide the diketopiperazine.
- Diketopiperazines typically are formed from α-amino acids. Preferably, the α-amino acids of which the diketopiperazines are derived are glutamic acid, aspartic acid, tyrosine, phenylalanine, and optical isomers of any of the foregoing.
-
- wherein R4, R5, R6, and R7 independently are hydrogen, C1-C24 alkyl, C1-C24 alkenyl, phenyl, naphthyl, (C1-C10 alkyl)phenyl, (C1-C10 alkenyl)phenyl, (C1-C10 alkyl)naphthyl, (C1-C10 alkenyl)naphthyl, phenyl (C1-C10 alkyl), phenyl(C1-C10 alkenyl), naphthyl (C1-C10 alkyl), and naphthyl (C1-C10 alkenyl); any of R4, R5, R6, and R7 independently may optionally be substituted with C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, —OH, —SH, and —CO2R8 or any combination thereof; R8 is hydrogen, C1-C4 alkyl or C1-C4 alkenyl; and any of R4, R5, R6, and R7 independently may optionally be interrupted by oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur, or any combination thereof.
- The phenyl or naphthyl groups may optionally be substituted. Suitable, but non-limiting, examples of substituents are C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 alkenyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, —OH, —SH, or CO2R9 wherein R9 is hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, or C1-C6 alkenyl.
- Preferably, R6 and R7 independently are hydrogen, C1-C4 alkyl or C1-C4 alkenyl. Special mention is made of diketopiperazines which are preferred complexing perturbants. These diketopiperazines include the unsubstituted diketopiperazine in which R4, R5, R6, and R7 are hydrogen, and diketopiperazines which are substituted at one or both of the nitrogen atoms in the ring, i.e. mono or di-N-substituted. Special mention is made of the N-substituted diketopiperazine wherein one or both of the nitrogen atoms is substituted with a methyl group.
-
- wherein R10 and R11 independently are hydrogen, C1-C24 alkyl, C1-C24 alkenyl, phenyl, naphthyl, (C1-C10 alkyl)phenyl, (C1-C10 alkenyl)phenyl, (C1-C10 alkyl)naphthyl, (C1-C10 alkenyl)naphthyl, phenyl (C1-C10 alkyl), phenyl(C1-C10 alkenyl), naphthyl (C1-C10 alkyl), and naphthyl (C1-C10 alkenyl); but both R10 and R11 can not be hydrogen; either or both R10 or R11 independently may optionally be substituted with C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, —OH, —SH, and —CO2R12 or any combination thereof; R12 is hydrogen, C1-C4 alkyl or C1-C4 alkenyl; and either or both R10 and R11 independently may optionally be interrupted by oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur, or any combination thereof.
- The phenyl or naphthyl groups may optionally be substituted. Suitable, but non-limiting, examples of substituents are C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 alkenyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, —OH, —SH, or CO2R13 wherein R13 is hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, or C1-C6 alkenyl. When one of R10 or R11 is hydrogen, the diketopiperazine is mono-carbon-(C)-substituted. When neither R10 nor R11 is hydrogen, the diketopiperazine is di-carbon-(C)-substituted.
- Preferably, R10, R11, or both R10 and R11, contain at least one functional group, a functional group being a non-hydrocarbon portion responsible for characteristic reactions of the molecule. Simple functional groups are heteroatoms including, but not limited to halogens, oxygen, sulfur, nitrogen, and the like, attached to, the carbon of an alkyl group by a single or multiple bond. Other functional groups include, but are not limited to, for example, hydroxyl groups, carboxyl groups, amide groups, amine groups, substituted amine groups, and the like.
- Preferred diketopiperazines are those which are substituted at one or two of the carbons of the ring with a functional group that includes at least one carboxyl functionality.
- Diketopiperazines may also be polymerized with additional amino acids to form constructs of at least one amino acid or an ester or an amide thereof and at least one diketopiperazine, preferably covalently bonded to one another.
- When the diketopiperazine is polymerized with additional amino acids, one or more of the R groups must contain at least one functional group, a functional group being a non-hydrocarbon portion responsible for characteristic reactions of the molecule. Simple functional groups are heteroatoms including, but not limited to halogens, oxygen, sulfur, nitrogen, and the like, attached to, the carbon of an alkyl group by a single or multiple bond. Other functional groups include, but are not limited to, for example, hydroxyl groups, carboxyl groups, amide groups, amine groups, substituted amine groups, and the like.
- Special mention is also made of diketopiperazines which are preferred components of the amino acids/diketopiperazine perturbants of the present invention. Such preferred diketopiperazines are those which are substituted at one or two of the carbons of the ring and preferably are substituted with a functional group that includes at least one carboxyl functionality.
- Most preferably, the diketopiperazines in the amino acids/diketopiperazine perturbants are prepared from trifunctional amino acids such as L-glutamic acid and L-aspartic acid which cyclize to form diketopiperazines.
- The diketopiperazines can generate a bis-carboxylic acid platform which can be further condensed with other amino acids to form the perturbant. Typically, the diketopiperazine will react and covalently bond with one or more of the amino acids through the functional group(s) of the R groups of the diketopiperazines. These unique systems, because of the cis-geometry imparted by the chiral components of the diketopiperazine ring (Lannom, H. K. et al.,Int. J. Peptide Protein Res., 28, 67-78 (1986)), provide an opportunity to systematically alter the structure of the terminal amino acids while holding the orientation between them fixed relative to non-cyclic analogs (Fusaoka et al., Int. J. Peptide Protein Res., 34, 104-110 (1989); Ogura, H. et al., Chem. Pharma. Bull., 23, 2474-2477 (1975). See also, Lee, B. H. et al. J. Org. Chem., 49, 2418-2423 (1984); Buyle, R., Helv. Chim. Acta, 49, 1425, 1429 (1966). Other methods of polymerization known to those skilled in the art may lend themselves to amino acid/diketopiperazine polymerization as well.
- The amino acids/diketopiperazine perturbants may include one or more of the same or different amino acids as well as one or more of the same or different diketopiperazines as described above.
- Ester and amide derivatives of these amino acids/diketopiperazine perturbants are also useful in the present invention.
- Modified amino acids, poly amino acids or peptides are either acylated or sulfonated and include amino acid amides and sulfonamides.
- Modified amino acids are typically prepared by modifying the amino acid or an ester thereof. Many of these compounds are prepared by acylation or sulfonation with agents having the formula
- X—Y—R4
- wherein:
- R4 is the appropriate radical to yield the modification indicated in the final product,
-
- , and X is a leaving group. Typical leaving groups include, but are not limited t, halogens such as, for example, chlorine, bromine, and iodine. Additionally, the corresponding anhydrides are modifying agents.
- Special mention is made of acylated amino acids having the formula
- Ar—Y—(R14)n—OH IV
- wherein
- Ar is a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl or naphthyl;
-
-
- , wherein:
- R15 is C1 to C24 alkyl, C1 to C24 alkenyl, phenyl, naphthyl, (C1 to C10 alkyl) phenyl, (C1 to C10 alkenyl) phenyl, (C1 to C10 alkyl) naphthyl, (C1 to C10 alkenyl) naphthyl, phenyl (C1 to C10 alkyl), phenyl (C1 to C10 alkenyl), naphthyl (C1 to C10 alkyl) and naphthyl (C1 to C10 alkenyl);
- R15 is optionally substituted with C1 to C4 alkyl, C1 to C4 alkenyl, C1 to C4 alkoxy, —OH, —SH and —CO2R5, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, heterocyclic alkyl, alkaryl, heteroaryl, heteroalkaryl, or any combination thereof;
- R17 is hydrogen, C1 to C4 alkyl or C1 to C4 alkenyl;
- R15 is optionally interrupted by oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur or any combination thereof; and
- R16 is hydrogen, C1 to C4 alkyl or C1 to C4 alkenyl.
-
- wherein:
- R18 is
- (i) C3-C10 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted with C1-C7 alkyl, C2-C7 alkenyl, C1-C7 alkoxy, hydroxy, phenyl, phenoxy or —CO2R21, wherein R1 is hydrogen, C1-C4 alkyl, or C2-C4 alkenyl; or
- (ii) C1-C6 alkyl substituted with C3-C10 cycloalkyl;
- R19 is hydrogen, C1-C4 alkyl, or C2-C4 alkenyl;
- R20 is C1-C24 alkyl, C2-C24 alkenyl, C3-C10 cycloalkyl, C3-C10 cycloalkenyl, phenyl, naphthyl, (C1-C10 alkyl) phenyl, (C2-C10 alkenyl) phenyl, (C1-C10 alkyl) naphthyl, (C2-C10 alkenyl) naphthyl, phenyl (C1-C10 alkyl), phenyl (C2-C10 alkenyl), naphthyl (C1-C10 alkyl) or naphthyl (C2-C10 alkenyl);
- R20 being optionally substituted with C1-C4 alkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, —OH, —SH, —CO2R22, C3-C10 cycloalkyl, C3-C10 cycloalkenyl, heterocycle having 3-10 ring atoms wherein the hetero atom is one or more of N, O, S or any combination thereof, aryl, (C1-C10 alk)aryl, ar(C1-C10 alkyl), or any combination thereof;
- R20 being optionally interrupted by oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur, or any combination thereof; and
- R22 is hydrogen, C1-C4 alkyl, or C2-C4 alkenyl.
- Some preferred acylated amino acids include salicyloyl phenylalanine, and the compounds having the formulas:
A Compound n m X XXXVIIA 0 0 4- Cl XXXVIIIA 3 0 H XXIXA 3 1 4-CH3 XLA 3 1 2- F XLIA 3 1 2-CH3 XLIIA 3 0 3-CF3 XLIIIA 3 4 H XLIVA 3 0 3- Cl XLVA 3 0 3- F XLVIA 3 0 3-CH3 XLVIIA 0 0 2-CF3 XLVIIIA 1 2 H XLIXA 3 2 2- F LA 3 0 3,4-OCH2O— LIA 3 0 2- COOH LIIA 1 0 2- OH LIIIA 3 0 2,6- dihydroxy LIVA 2 0 2- OH LVA 0 0 2,4- difluoro LVIA 2 0 2,6- dihydroxy LVIIA 0 0 4-CF3 LVIIIA 3 0 3-NMe2 LIXA 2 0 3-NMe2 LXA 3 0 2,6- dimethyl LXIA 3 0 2-NO2 LXIIA 3 0 2-CF3 LXIIIA 3 0 4-n- Pr LXIVA 3 0 2-NH2 LXVA 3 0 2-OCH3 LXVIA 3 0 3-NO2 LXVIIA 3 0 3-NH2 LXVIIIA 2 0 2-NO2 LXIXA 2 0 2-NH2 LXXA 3 0 2-OCF3 LXXIA 2 0 2-OCH3 LXXIIA 2 0 2-OCF3 -
-
-
-
-
-
-
- organic acid compounds, and their salts, having an aromatic amide group, having a hydroxy group substituted in the ortho position on the aromatic ring, and a lipophilic chain with from about 4 carbon atoms to about 20 atoms in the chain are also useful as perturbants. In a preferred form the lipophilic chain can have from 5 to 20 carbon atoms.
- Perturbants which are also useful also include those having the formula
- 2—HO—Ar—CONR8—R7—COOH
- wherein
- Ar is a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl or naphthyl;
- R7 is selected from the group consisting of C4 to C20 alkyl, C4 to C20 alkenyl, phenyl, naphthyl, (C1 to C10 alkyl) phenyl, (C1 to C10 alkenyl) phenyl, (C1 to C10 alkyl) naphthyl, (C1 to C10 alkenyl) naphthyl, phenyl (C1 to C10 alkyl), phenyl (C1 to C10 alkenyl), naphthyl (C1 to C10 alkyl), and naphthyl (C1 to C10 alkenyl);
- R8 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1 to C4 alkyl, C1 to C4 alkenyl, hydroxy, and C1 to C4 alkoxy;
- R7 is optionally substituted with C1 to C4 alkyl, C1 to C4 alkenyl, C1 to C4 alkoxy, —OH, —SH and —CO2R9 or any combination thereof;
- R9 is hydrogen, C1 to C4 alkyl or C1 to C4 alkenyl;
- R7 is optionally interrupted by oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur or any combination thereof;
- with the proviso that the compounds are not substituted with an amino group in the position alpha to the acid group, or salts thereof.
- The preferred R6 groups are of C4 to C20 alkyl and C4 to C20 alkenyl. The most preferred R6 groups are C5 to C20 alkyl and C5 to C20 alkenyl.
-
- wherein R7 is defined above.
-
- wherein A is Try, Leu, Arg, Trp, or Cit; and
- optionally wherein if A is Try, Arg, Trp or Cit; A is acylated at 2 or more functional groups.
- Preferred compounds also include those wherein A is Try; A is Tyr and is acylated at 2 functional groups; A is Leu; A is Arg; A is Arg and is acylated at 2 functional groups; A is Trp; A is Trp and is acylated at 2 functional groups; A is Cit; and A is Cit and is acylated at 2 functional groups.
-
- wherein A is Arg or Leu; and
-
-
-
- wherein A is phenylglycine.
- Acylated amino acids may be prepared by reacting single amino acids, mixtures of two or more amino acids, or amino acid esters with an amine modifying agent which reacts with free amino moieties present in the amino acids to form amides.
-
- wherein:
- R23 an appropriate group for the modified amino acid being prepared, such as, but not limited to, alkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkyl, or aromatic, and particularly methyl, ethyl, cyclohexyl, cyclophenyl, phenyl, or benzyl, and X is a leaving group. Typical leaving groups include, but are not limited to, halogens such as chlorine, bromine and iodine.
- Examples of the acylating agents include, but are not limited to, acyl halides including, but not limited to, acetyl chloride, propyl chloride, cyclohexanoyl chloride, cyclopentanoyl chloride, and cycloheptanoyl chloride, benzoyl chloride, hippuryl chloride and the like; and anhydrides, such as acetic anhydride, propyl anhydride, cyclohexanoic anhydride, benzoic anhydride, hippuric anhydride and the like. Preferred acylating agents include benzoyl chloride, hippuryl chloride, acetyl chloride, cyclohexanoyl chloride, cyclopentanoyl chloride, and cycloheptanoyl chloride.
- The amine groups can also be modified by the reaction of a carboxylic acid with coupling agents such as the carbodiimide derivatives of amino acids, particularly hydrophilic amino acids such as phenylalanine, tryptophan, and tyrosine. Further examples include dicyclohexylcarbodiimide and the like.
- If the amino acid is multifunctional, i.e. has more than one —OH, —NH2 or —SH group, then it may optionally be acylated at one or more functional groups to form, for example, an ester, amide, or thioester linkage.
- For example, in the preparation of many acylated amino acids, the amino acids are dissolved in an aqueous alkaline solution of a metal hydroxide, e.g., sodium or potassium hydroxide and the acylating agent added. The reaction time can range from about 1 hour and about 4 hours, preferably about 2-2.5 hours. The temperature of the mixture is maintained at a temperature generally ranging between about 5° C. and about 70° C., preferably between about 10° C. and about 50° C. The amount of alkali employed per equivalent of NH2 groups in the amino acids generally ranges between about 1.25 moles and about 3 moles, and is preferably between about 1.5 moles and about 2.25 moles per equivalent of NH2. The pH of the reaction solution generally ranges between about
pH 8 and about pH 13, and is preferably between aboutpH 10 and aboutpH 12. The amount of amino modifying agent employed in relation to the quantity of amino acids is based on the moles of total free NH2 in the amino acids. In general, the amino modifying agent is employed in an amount ranging between about 0.5 and about 2.5 mole equivalents, preferably between about 0.75 and about 1.25 equivalents, per molar equivalent of total NH2 groups in the amino acids. - The modified amino acid formation reaction is quenched by adjusting the pH of the mixture with a suitable acid, e.g., concentrated hydrochloric acid, until the pH reaches between about 2 and about 3. The mixture separates on standing at room temperature to form a transparent upper layer and a white or off-white precipitate. The upper layer is discarded, and modified amino acids are collected by filtration or decantation. The crude modified amino acids are then mixed with water. Insoluble materials are removed by filtration and the filtrate is dried in vacuo. The yield of modified amino acids generally ranges between about 30 and about 60%, and usually about 45%. The present invention also contemplates amino acids which have been modified by multiple acylation, e.g., diacylation or triacylation.
- If desired, amino acid esters, such as, for example benzyl, methyl, or ethyl esters of amino acid compounds, may be used to prepare the modified amino acids of the invention. The amino acid ester, dissolved in a suitable organic solvent such as dimethylformamide, pyridine, or tetrahydrofuran is reacted with the appropriate amino modifying agent at a temperature ranging between 5° C. and about 70° C., preferably about 25° C., for a period ranging between about 7 and about 24 hours. The amount of amino acid modifying agent used relative to the amino acid ester is the same as described above for amino acids. This reaction may be carried out with or without a base such as, for example, triethylamine or diisopropylethylamine.
- If amino acid esters or amides are the starting materials, they are dissolved in a suitable organic solvent such as dimethylformamide or pyridine, are reacted with the amino modifying agent at a temperature ranging between about 5° C. and about 70° C., preferably about 25° C., for a period ranging between about 7 and about 24 hours. The amount of amino modifying agents used relative to the amino acid esters are the same as described above for amino acids.
- Thereafter, the reaction solvent is removed under negative pressure and optionally the ester or amide functionality can be removed by hydrolyzing the modified amino acid ester with a suitable alkaline solution, e.g., 1N sodium hydroxide, at a temperature ranging between about 50° C. and about 80° C., preferably about 70° C., for a period of time sufficient to hydrolyze off the ester group and form the modified amino acid having a free carboxyl group. The hydrolysis mixture is then cooled to room temperature and acidified, e.g., with an aqueous 25% hydrochloric acid solution, to a pH ranging between about 2 and about 2.5. The modified amino acid precipitates out of solution and is recovered by conventional means such as filtration or decantation.
- The modified amino acids may be purified by acid precipitation, recrystallization or by fractionation on solid column supports. Fractionation may be performed on a suitable solid column supports such as silica gel, alumina, using solvent mixtures such as acetic acid/butanol/water as the mobile phase; reverse phase column supports using trifluoroacetic acid/acetonitrile mixtures as the mobile phase; and ion exchange chromatography using water as the mobile phase. The modified amino acids may also be purified by extraction with a lower alcohol such as methanol, butanol, or isopropanol to remove impurities such as inorganic salts.
- The modified amino acids generally are soluble in alkaline aqueous solution (pH≧9.0); partially soluble in ethanol, n-butanol and 1:1 (v/v) toluene/ethanol solution and insoluble in neutral water. The alkali metal salts, e.g., the sodium salt of the derivatized amino acids are generally soluble in water at about a pH of 6-8.
- In poly amino acids or peptides, one or more of the amino acids may be modified (acylated). Modified poly amino acids and peptides may include one or more acylated amino acid(s). Although linear modified poly amino acids and peptides will generally include only one acylated amino acid, other poly amino acid and peptide configurations can include more than one acylated amino acid. Poly amino acids and peptides can be polymerized with the acylated amino acid(s) or can be acylated after polymerization.
-
- wherein A and B independently are Arg or Leu.
- Sulfonated modified amino acids, poly amino acids, and peptides are modified by sulfonating at least one free amine group with a sulfonating agent which reacts with at least one of the free amine groups present.
- Special mention is made of compounds of the formula
- Ar—Y—(R24)n—OH LXI
- wherein
- Ar is a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl or naphthyl;
-
- , wherein:
- R25 is C1 to C24 alkyl, C1 to C24 alkenyl, phenyl, naphthyl, (C1 to C10 alkyl) phenyl, (C1 to C10 alkenyl) phenyl, (C1 to C10 alkyl) naphthyl, (C1 to C10 alkenyl) naphthyl, phenyl (C1 to C10 alkyl), phenyl (C1 to C10 alkenyl), naphthyl (C1 to C10 alkyl) and naphthyl (C1 to C10 alkenyl);
- R25 is optionally substituted with C1 to C4 alkyl, C1 to C4 alkenyl, C1 to C4 alkoxy, —OH, —SH and —CO2R27 or any combination thereof;
- R27 is hydrogen, C1 to C4 alkyl or C1 to C4 alkenyl;
- R25 is optionally interrupted by oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur or any combination thereof; and
- R26 is hydrogen, C1 to C4 alkyl or C1 to C4 alkenyl.
- Suitable, but non-limiting, examples of sulfonating agents useful in preparing sulfonated amino acids include sulfonating agents having the formula R28—SO2—X wherein R28 is an appropriate group for the modified amino acid being prepared such as, but not limited to, alkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkyl, or aromatics and X is a leaving group as described above. One example of a sulfonating agent is benzene sulfonyl chloride.
- Modified poly amino acids and peptides may include one or more sulfonated amino acid(s). Although linear modified poly amino acids and peptides used generally include only one sulfonated amino acid, other poly amino acid and peptide configurations can include more than one sulfonated amino acid. Poly amino acids and peptides can be polymerized with the sulfonated amino acid(s) or can be sulfonated after polymerization.
-
- Modified amino acid, polyamino acid, or peptide derivatives are amino acids, poly amino acids, or peptides which have had at least one acyl-terminus converted to an aldehyde or a ketone, and are acylated at at least one free amine group, with an acylating agent which reacts with at least one of the free amine groups present.
- Amino acid, poly amino acid, or peptide derivatives can be readily prepared by reduction of amino acid esters or peptide esters with an appropriate reducing agent. For example, amino acid, poly amino acid, or peptide aldehydes can be prepared as described in an article by R. Chen et al.,Biochemistry, 1979, 18, 921-926. Amino acid, poly amino acid, or peptide ketones can be prepared by the procedure described in Organic Syntheses, Col. Vol. IV, Wiley, (1963),
page 5. Acylation is discussed above. - For example, the derivatives may be prepared by reacting a single amino acid, poly amino acid, or peptide derivative or mixtures of two or more amino acid or peptide derivatives, with an acylating agent or an amine modifying agent which reacts with free amino moieties present in the derivatives to form amides. The amino acid, poly amino acid, or peptide can be modified and subsequently derivatized, derivatized and subsequently modified, or simultaneously modified and derivatized. Protecting groups may be used to avoid unwanted side reactions as would be known to those skilled in the art.
- In modified poly amino acid or peptide derivative, one or more of the amino acid may be derivatized (an aldehyde or a ketone) and/or modified, (acylated) but there must be at least one derivative and at least one modification.
- Special mention is made of the modified amino acid derivatives N-cyclohexanoyl-Phe aldehyde, N-acetyl-Phe-aldehyde, N-acetyl-Tyr ketone, N-acetyl-Lys ketone and N-acetyl-Leu ketone, and N-cyclohexanoyl phenyl-alanine aldehyde.
- Various carboxylic acids and salts of these carboxylic acids may be used as complexing perturbants. These carboxylic acids have the formula:
- R29—CO2H LXII
- wherein
- R29 is C1 to C24 alkyl, C2 to C24 alkenyl, C3 to C10 cycloalkyl, C3 to C10 cycloalkenyl, phenyl, naphthyl, (C1 to C10 alkyl)phenyl, (C2 to C10 alkenyl)phenyl, (C1 to C10 alkyl)naphthyl, (C2 to C10 alkenyl)naphthyl, phenyl(C1 to C10 alkyl), phenyl(C2 to C10 alkenyl), naphthyl(C1 to C10 alkyl) and naphthyl(C2 to C10 alkenyl);
- R29 being optionally substituted with C1 to C10 alkyl, C2 to C10 alkenyl, C1 to C4 alkoxy, —OH, —SH, —CO2R30, C3 to C10 cycloalkyl, C3 to C10 cycloalkenyl, heterocyclic having 3-10 ring atoms wherein the hetero atom is one or more atoms of N, O, S or any combination thereof, aryl, (C1 to C10 alk)aryl, aryl(C1 to C10)alkyl, or any combination thereof;
- R29 being optionally interrupted by oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur, or any combination thereof; and
- R30 is hydrogen, C1 to C4 alkyl or C2 to C4 alkenyl.
- The preferred carboxylic acids are cyclohexanecarboxylic acid, cyclopentanecarboxylic acid, cycloheptanecarboxylic acid, hexanoic acid, 3-cyclohexanepropanoic acid, methylcyclohexanecarboxylic acid, 1,2-cyclohexanedicarboxylic acid, 1,3-cyclohexanedicarboxylic acid, 1,4-cyclohexanedicarboxylic acid, 1-adamantanecarboxylic acid, phenylpropanoic acid, adipic acid, cyclohexanepentanoic acid, cyclohexanebutanoic acid, pentylcyclohexanoic acid, 2-cyclopentanehexanoic acid, cyclohexane pentanoic acid, hexanedioic acid, cyclohexanebutanoic acid, and (4-methylphenyl) cyclohexane acetic acid.
- Although all complexing perturbants which can form the supramolecular complexes described herein are within the scope of the present invention, other examples of complexing perturbants include, but are not limited to, 2-carboxymethyl-phenylalanine-leucine; 2-benzyl succinic acid, an actinonin, phenylsulfonyl aminophenyl-butyric acid,
- Mimetics
- Mimetics within the scope of the present invention are constructs which are structural and/or functional equivalents of an original entity. Structural and chemically functional mimetics of the supramolecular complexes and the reversible transportable intermediate states of active agents are not necessarily peptidic, as non-peptidic mimetics can be prepared which have the appropriate chemical and/or structural properties. However, preferred mimetics are peptides which have a different primary structure than the supramolecular complex or the intermediate state, but retain the same secondary and tertiary structure of the supramolecular complex or the intermediate state. Although mimetics may have less bioactivity than a native state or intermediate state active agent or supra molecular complex, the mimetics may possess other important properties which may not be possessed by the native state such as, for example, further increased ability to be delivered orally.
- Methods of preparation of such mimetics are described, for example, in Yamazaki et al.,Chirality 3:268-276 (1991); Wiley et al., Peptidomimetics Derived From Natural Products, Medicinal Research Reviews, Vol. 13, No. 3, 327-384 (1993); Gurrath et al., Eur. J. Biochem 210:991-921 (1992); Yamazaki et al, Int. J. Peptide Protein Res. 37:364-381 (1991); Bach et al., Int. J. Peptide Protein Res. 38:314-323 (1991); Clark et al., J. Med. Chem. 32:2026-2038 (1989); Portoghese, J. Med. Chem. 34:(6) 1715-1720 (1991); Zhou et al., J. Immunol. 149 (5) 1763-1769 (Sep. 1, 1992); Holzman et al., J. Protein Chem. 10: (5) 553-563 (1991); Masler et al., Arch. Insect Biochem. and Physiol. 22:87-111 (1993); Saragovi et al., Biotechnology 10: (July 1992); Olmsteel et al., J. Med. Chem. 36:(1) 179-180 (1993); Malin et al. Peptides 14:47-51 (1993); and Kouns et al., Blood 80:(10) 2539-2537 (1992); Tanaka et al., Biophys. Chem. 50 (1994) 47-61; DeGrado et al., Science 243 (Feb. 3, 1989); Regan et al., Science 241: 976-978 (Aug. 19, 1988); Matouschek et al, Nature 340: 122-126 (Jul. 13, 1989); Parker et al., Peptide Research 4: (6) 347-354 (1991); Parker et al., Peptide Research 4:(6) 355-363 (1991); Federov et al., J. Mol. Biol. 225: 927-931 (1992); Ptitsyn et al., Biopolymers 22: 15-25 (1983); Ptitsyn et al., Protein Engineering 2:(6) 443-447 (1989).
- For example, protein structures are determined by the collective intra- and inter-molecular interactions of the constituent amino acids. In alpha helices, the first and fourth amino acid in the helix interact non-covalently with one another. This pattern repeats through the entire helix except for the first four and last four amino acids. In addition, the side chains of amino acids can interact with one another. For example, the phenyl side chain of phenylaline would probably not be solvent exposed if that phenylalanine were found in a helix. If the interactions of that phenylalanine contributed to helix stability then substituting an alanine for a phenylalanine would disrupt the helix and change the conformation of a protein.
- Therefore, a mimetic could be created by first determining which amino acid side chains became solvent exposed and thus removed from contributing to stabilization of the native state such as by the technique of scanning mutagenesis. Mutants containing amino acid substitutions at those same sights could be created so that the substituted amino acids would render the protein conformation more intermediate-like that native-like. Confirmation that the appropriate structure had been synthesized could come from spectroscopy and other analytical methods.
- Delivery Compositions
- Delivery compositions which include the supramolecular complex described above are typically formulated by mixing an effective amount of perturbant appropriate for the chosen route of delivery i.e, subcutaneous, nasal, or sublingual, with the active agent. The components can be prepared well prior to administration or can be mixed just prior to administration.
-
-
- wherein R31 is sulfoxymethyl or carboxyl or a substituted carboxy group selected from carboxamide, hydroxyaminocarbonyl and alkoxycarbonyl groups; and R32 is hydroxyl, alkoxy, hydroxyamino or sulfoxyamino group. Other enzyme inhibitors include, but are not limited to, aprotinin (Trasylol) and Bowman-Birk inhibitor.
- The stabilizing additives may be incorporated into a carrier solution of the supramolecular complex. With some drugs, the presence of such additives promotes the stability and dispersibility of the agent in solution.
- The stabilizing additives may be employed at a concentration ranging between about 0.1 and 5% (W/V), preferably about 0.5% (W/V). Suitable, but non-limiting, examples of stabilizing additives include gum acacia, gelatin, methyl cellulose, polyethylene glycol, carboxylic acids and salts thereof, and polylysine. The preferred stabilizing additives are gum acacia, gelatin and methyl cellulose.
- The amount of active agent is an amount effective to accomplish the purpose of the particular active agent. The amount in the composition typically is a pharmacologically or biologically effective amount. However, the amount can be less than a pharmacologically or biologically effective amount when the composition is used in a dosage unit form, such as a capsule, a tablet or a liquid, because the dosage unit form may contain a multiplicity of carrier/biologically or chemically active agent compositions or may contain a divided pharmacologically or biologically effective amount. The total effective amounts can then be administered in cumulative units containing, in total, pharmacologically or biologically or chemically active amounts of biologically or pharmacologically active agent.
- The total amount of active agent, and particularly biologically or chemically active agent, to be used can be determined by those skilled in the art. However, it has surprisingly been found that with some biologically or chemically active agents, the use of the presently disclosed carriers provides extremely efficient delivery, particularly in, intranasal, sublingual, or subcutaneous systems. Therefore, lower amounts of biologically or chemically active agent than those used in prior dosage unit forms or delivery systems can be administered to the subject, while still achieving the same blood levels and therapeutic effects.
- The amount of perturbant used is a delivery effective amount.
- The compositions of the present invention may be formulated into dosage units by the addition of one or more excipient(s), diluent(s), disintegrant(s), lubricant(s), plasticizer(s), colorant(s), or dosing vehicle(s). Preferred dosage unit forms are oral dosage unit forms. Most preferred dosage unit forms include, but are not limited to, tablets, capsules, or liquids. The dosage unit forms can include biologically, pharmacologically, or therapeutically effective amounts of the active agent or can include less than such an amount if multiple dosage unit forms are to be used to administer a total dosage of the active agent. Dosage unit forms are prepared by methods conventional in the art.
- The subject invention is useful for administering biologically active agents to any animals such as birds; mammals, such as primates and particularly humans; and insects. The systems are particularly advantageous for delivering chemical or biologically active agents which would otherwise be destroyed or rendered less effective by conditions encountered before the active agent in the native state reaches its target zone (i.e. the area to which the active agent to be delivered) and by conditions within the body of the animal to which they are administered. Particularly, the present invention is useful in subcutaneously, intranasally, or sublingually administering active agents.
- The following examples illustrate the invention without limitation. All parts and percentages are by weight unless otherwise indicated.
- Native gradient gels (Pharmacia) were run with 647 μg/ml of α-interferon, (Intron-A—Schering-Plough) and increasing amounts (10-500 mg/mL) of perturbant (mixture of L-Valine, L-Leucine, L-phenylalanine, L-lysine and L-arginine modified with benzenesulfonylchloride) (valine—7.4%, leucine—16.5%, phenylalanine—40.3%, lysine—16.2% and arginine—19.6%). 4 μl of material were loaded onto the gel using a 6/4 comb for loading.
- Results are illustrated in FIG. 1.
-
Lane 1=High molecular weight marker (Bio-Rad)—1:20 dilution w/dH2O—(5 μl—>100 μl). -
Lane 2=α-interferon A (647 μg/mL)control 5 μl+5 μl Bromophenol Blue (BPB)—(1.29 μg loaded). -
Lane 3=α-interferon+perturbant (10 mg/mL)−50 μl α-interferon+50 μl BPB=100 μl (1.29 μg loaded). -
Lane 4=α-interferon+perturbant (50 mg/mL) 50 μl α-interferon+50 μl BPB=100 μl (1.29 μg loaded). -
Lane 5=α-interferon+perturbant (100 mg/mL) 50 μl α-interferon+50 μl BPB=100 μl (1.29 μg loaded). -
Lane 6=α-interferon+perturbant (500 mg/mL) 5 μl α-interferon+5 μl BPB=10 μl (1.29 μg loaded). - The method of Example 1 was followed substituting the thermal condensation product of glutamic acid, aspartic acid, tyrosine, and phenyl-alanine (Glu-Asp-Tye-Phe) that was fractionated through a 3000 molecular weight cut-off filter for the perturbant.
- Results are illustrated in FIG. 2.
- Samples
-
Lane 1=High Molecular Weight marker (Bio-Rad). -
Lane 2=α-interferon (647 μg/mL)−5 μl+5 μl BPB control. -
Lane 3=α-interferon+perturbant (10 mg/mL)−50 μl+50 μl BPB=100 μl. -
Lane 4=α-interferon+perturbant−50 μl+50 μl BPB=100 μl. -
Lane 5=α-interferon+perturbant (100 mg/mL)−50 μl Intron A+50 μl BPB=100 μl. -
Lane 6=α-interferon+perturbant (500 mg/mL)−5 μl Intron A+50 μl BPB=100 μl. - Examples 1 and 1A illustrate that α-interferon alone (
lane 2 in FIGS. 1 and 2) banded at the appropriate molecular weight (approximately 19,000 Daltons). As the amount of perturbant added is increased in each subsequent lane relative to a fixed concentration of α-interferon, the α-interferon migrates to a lower, rather than a higher, molecular weight. The change seen with the perturbant of Example 1 is more pronounced than that seen with the perturbant of Example 1A. This indicates that the α-interferon structure is changing due to the two different perturbants, because if structure were not changing, there would be a shift towards higher molecular weight as perturbant complexes with the active agent. - A dosing composition of the perturbant of Example 1 at 2.4 mM and sCt at 0.3 mM was prepared, and isothermal titration calorimetry was performed at pH 6.5 and 4.5. The buffer at pH 6.5 was 30 mM Hepes-30 mM NaCl, and the buffer at pH 4.5, was 30 mM sodium acetate-30 mM NaCl.
- All experiments were performed at 30° C. using 8.0 mM perturbant in the dropping syringe and 1.0 mM calcitonin in the calorimeter cell. In all experiments, 15×10 μl increments of perturbant were added in 10 second duration additions with 2 minutes equilibration between additions.
- Results were validated in experiments where perturbant (8 mM) was placed in the dropping syringe, and equivalent increments were added to pH 4.5 buffer (no sCt) and where perturbant was placed in the dropping syringe and 10 μl increments were added to pH 6.5 buffer (no sCt). Titration curves were not obtained in these experiments, and the results showed that heat of mixing and/or dilution of perturbant is negligible. Therefore, the experimental isotherms were not corrected by background subtraction.
- Results are illustrated in Table 1 below.
- The method of Example 2 was followed substituting the perturbant of Example 1A. Results were validated in experiments where perturbant was placed in the dropping syringe, and equivalent increments were added to pH 4.5 buffer (no sct).
- Results are illustrated in Table 1 below.
TABLE 1 Binding Parameters of Perturbants as Determined by ITC1 KD ΔH ΔS (M) (cal/mol) (cal/mol ° K) N pH 6.6 Example 4 4.59 × 10−8 +240 +34.4 0.6 Example 4A 6.99 × 10−9 +277 +38.3 11.6 pH 4.5 Example 4 Precipitates Example 4A 1.29 × 10−4 +553 +19.8 +0.8 -
- A stock solution of 9.1 mg/mL of αinterferon (Schering Plough Corp.) in 20 mM sodium phosphate buffer at pH 7.2 was prepared. Samples were prepared by diluting the α-interferon with the sodium phosphate buffer and 10 M guanidine hydrochloride (GuHCl) (Sigma Chemical Co.—St. Louis, Mo.) stock solution to 200 μg/mL concentration of α-interferon at various concentrations of GuHCl. Diluted samples were allowed to come to equilibrium by incubation for approximately 30 minutes at room temperature prior to measurement.
- Fluorescence measurements were made at 25° C. using a Hitachi F-4500. Protein tryptophan fluorescence was observed at an excitation wavelength of 298 nm and an emission wavelength of 343 nm. ANS (1-anilinonapthalene-8-sulfonate) fluorescence was observed at an excitation wavelength of 355 nm and an emission wavelength of 530 nm. For all fluorescence measurements, a 5 nm spectral bandpass was chosen for both excitation and emission.
- Results are illustrated in FIG. 3.
- GuHCl 5M stock solution was prepared using 20 mM sodium phosphate, pH 7.2 buffer. After dilution, the pH of the stock was checked and adjusted by concentrated HCl. To determine the concentration of final solution the refractive index referenced inMethods in Enzymology, Vol. 6, page 43 by Yasuhiko Nozaki was used.
- α-interferon stock (9.1 mg/mL) was mixed with sufficient amounts of GuHCl to yield the concentrations of Table 1A below:
TABLE 1A α-Interferon/GuHCI Solutions GuHCI (M) α-IFN (mg/mL) 0.5 0.60 1.0 0.53 1.5 0.60 2.0 0.50 3.0 0.60 4.0 0.50 - Differential scanning calorimetry (DSC) was run, and results are illustrated in FIG. 4.
- A stock solution of 9.1 mg/mL α-interferon in 20 mM sodium phosphate buffer at pH 7.2 (Schering Plough Corp.) was prepared. Samples were prepared by diluting the α-interferon to a concentration of 200 ug/mL into solution buffered at various pH values using the following buffers: Glycine at
pH pH pH 8. These buffers were prepared as described in the Practical Handbook of Biochemistry and Molecular Biology, Edited by Gerald D. Fasman, 1990. Diluted samples were allowed to come to equilibrium by incubation for approximately 30 minutes at room temperature prior to measurement. - Fluorescence was measured according to the procedure of Example 3. Results are illustrated in FIG. 5.
- A stock solution was prepared by dissolving 2 mg of insulin in 1 mL of deionized water. 1-anilinonaphthalene-8-sulphonate (ANS) stock solution was prepared by dissolving 10 mg in 10 mL of deionized water. Samples were prepared by diluting the insulin to a concentration of 200 ug/mL into solution buffered at various pH values using the following buffers: Glycine at
pH pH pH 8. These buffers were prepared as described in the Practical Handbook of Biochemistry and Molecular Biology, Edited by Gerald D. Fasman, 1990. The final ANS concentration was 90 ug/mL. Diluted samples were allowed to come to equilibrium by incubation for approx. 30 minutes at room temperature prior to measurement. - Fluorescence was measured according to the procedure of Example 3. Results are illustrated in FIG. 6.
- Circular dichroism spectra of α-interferon were generated at pH 7.2. The pH of the solution was then readjusted to
pH 2, and the sample was rescanned. The sample solution was then readjusted to 7.2 and rescanned. - Concentration of α-interferon was 9.2 μM or 0.17848 mg/mL, ([IFN] stock=9.1 mg/mL). Buffers used were 20 mM NaPhosphate at pH 7.2; and 20 mM Glycine at pH 2.0.
- Reversal of the pH to 7.2 resulted in complete restoration of the native structure, demonstrating the reversibility of the intermediate state. It is believed that the free energy difference between the native state and the intermediate state is small.
- Results are illustrated in FIGS. 7A and 7B.
- The extent of ordered secondary structure of α-interferon at different pH's was determined by circular dichroism (CD) measurements in the far UV range. The large dilution factor of interferon stock (˜50 times) resulted in the sample being at the proper pH. Concentration of α-interferon was 9.2 μM or 0.17848 mg/mL, ([IFN] stock=9.1 mg/mL). Buffers used were 20 mM sodium phosphate at pH 6.0 and 7.2; 20 mM NaAc at pH 3.0, 4.0, 4.5, 5.0 and 5.5; and 20 mM Glycine at pH 2.0
- The secondary structure content was estimated with several fitting programs, each of which decomposes the CD curve into four major structural components: α-helix, β-sheet, turns, and random coil. Two of those programs were provided with the CD instrument as an analysis facility. The first program uses seven reference proteins: Myoglobin, Lysozyme, Papain, Cytochrome C, Hemoglobin, Ribonuclease A and Chymotrypsin. The second uses Yang.REF reference file.
- A third program, CCAFAST, uses the Convex Constraint Algorithm and is described in “Analysis of Circular Dichroism Spectrum of Proteins Using the Convex Constraint Algorithm: A Practical Guide”. (A. Perczel, K. Park and G. D. Fasman (1992)Anal. Biochem. 203: 83-93).
- Deconvolution of the far UV scans over a range of pH volumes (2.0-7.2) indicates significant compaction of the secondary structure at pH 3.5. The near UV scan indicates a disruption of tertiary structure packing, and the far UV scan indicates that there is still significant secondary structure at this pH.
- Results are illustrated in FIG. 8.
- DSC was performed with 6 mg/mL insulin (0.83 mM assuming a molecular weight of 6,000) in 50 mM phosphate buffer, pH 7.5. Each subsequent thermogram was corrected by background subtraction of a 0.6M guanidine-phosphate buffer solution.
- Insulin was freshly prepared as a concentrated stock solution in 50 mM phosphate buffer, pH 7.5, and an appropriate aliquot was diluted in buffer, filtered though a 2 micron PTFE filter, and degassed for at least 20 minutes. The reference cell contained degassed buffer.
- Scanning calorimetry was performed using 5 mg 0.83 mM porcine insulin (MW 6,000) per mL in 50 mM phosphate buffer, pH 7.5. All thermograms were performed on a Microcal MC-2 scanning calorimeter equipped with the DA2 data acquisition system operated in the upscale mode at 1° C./min (up to 90° C.), and data points were collected at 20 second intervals. All scans were initiated at least 20 degrees below the observed transitions for the active agent. All thermograms were corrected for baseline subtraction and normalized for the concentration of macromolecule. According to the methods of the Johns Hopkins Biocalorimetry Center, See, for example, Ramsay et al.Biochemistry (1990) 29:8677-8693; Schon et al. Biochemistry (1989) 28:5019-5024 (1990) 29: 781-788. The DSC data analysis software is based on the statistical mechanical deconvolution of a thermally induced macromolecular melting profile.
- The effect of GuHCl on structure was assessed in DSC experiments where individual solutions were prepared in phosphate buffer, pH 7.5, containing denaturant diluted from a 5M stock solution to concentrations ranging for 0.5-2M.
- Results are illustrated in Table 2 below.
TABLE 2 DSC of Insulin and Increasing Concentrations of Guanidine Hydrochloride Tm (Cp, max) (° C.) Insulin 0.0 M GuHCI 78.3 Insulin + 0.5 M GuHCI 79.3 Insulin + 1.0 M GuHCI 77.5 Insulin + 2.0 M GuHCI 69.7 Insulin + 3.0 M GuHCI no transition observed - A sample containing 6 mg/mL insulin (0.83 mM in 50 mM phosphate buffer, pH 7.5, containing 0.25, 0.5, or 1.0M NaCl) was used. Thermograms were performed according to the procedure in Example 9 and were corrected by subtraction of a 0.5M NaCl-phosphate buffer blank as described above.
- The effect of increasing ionic strength on structure was assessed in DSC experiments where individual solutions were prepared so as to contain NaCl at concentrations ranging from 0.25-3M.
- Results are illustrated in Table 3 below.
TABLE 3 Effect of Ionic Strength on the DSC Spectrum of Insulin Tm (Cp, max) (° C.) Insulin 0.0 M NaCl 78.3 Insulin + 0.25 M NaCl 80.7 Insulin + 0.5 M NaCl 80.7 Insulin + 1.0 M NaCl 80.7 - The method of Example 9 was followed substituting 5 mg/mL recombinant human growth hormone (rhGh) (225 μM based on M,22,128 of HGH) in 50 mM phosphate buffer, pH 7.5 containing either 0.5 or 1.0M NaCl, for the insulin. The thermograms were corrected by subtraction of a 0.5M NaCl-phosphate buffer blank.
- Results are illustrated in Table 4 below.
TABLE 4 Effect of Ionic Strength on the DSC Spectrum of rhGh Tm (Cp, max) ΔH° (° C.) (kcal/mol) rhGh 0.0 M NaCl 75.2 191.0 rhGh + 0.5 M NaCl 75.8 89.7 rhGh + 10.0 M NaCl 76.5 50.5 - 5 mg/mL rhGh were dissolved in buffer (0.17 mM in 50 mM phosphate buffer, assuming a molecular weight of 20,000). The pH of the solution was adjusted to the desired value, and all curves were corrected by baseline subtraction.
- The effect of pH on structure was assessed by DSC according to the procedure of Example 9 where individual solutions were prepared in phosphate buffer ranging in pH value from 2.0 to 6.0.
- Results are illustrated in Table 5 below.
TABLE 5 Effect of pH on the DSC Spectrum of rhGh Tm (Cp, max) ΔH° (° C.) (kcal/mol) pH 2.0 no transition observed no transition observed pH 3.0 no transition observed no transition observed pH 3.5 no transition observed no transition observed pH 4.0 ≈73.0 broad transition pH 5.0 75.0 161 pH 6.0 75.2 191 pH 7.5 (10 mg/mL) a) 73 (a) + (b) = 632 b) 75 - An initial scan of rhGh was performed at 10 mg/mL in the absence of GuHCl (0.33 mM assuming 20,000 molecular weight). Subsequently, the concentration of rhGh was lowered to 5 mg/mL (0.17 mM) in 50 mM phosphate buffer, pH 7.5 containing varying concentrations of GuHCl. Each subsequent thermogram was corrected by background subtraction of a 0.5 M guanidine-phosphate buffer solution. The thermograms were corrected by subtraction of a 0.5M NaCl-phosphate buffer blank. Scans were performed according to the procedure of Example 9.
- Results are illustrated in Table 6 below.
TABLE 6 Effect of Guanidine Hydrochloride on DSC Spectrum of rhGh DOMAIN A DOMAIN B Tm (Cp, max) Tm (Cp, max) ΔH° (° C.) (° C.) (kcal/mol) rhGh 72.6 74.3 632 rhGh + 0.5 M 71.5 not defined, 48 GuHCl but present rhGh + 1.0 M GuHCl 70.9 absent 109 rhGh + 1.5 M GuHCl 69.7 absent 12 rhGh + 2.0 M GuHCl 70.0 absent 58 rhGh + 2.5 M GuHCl 70.7 absent 99 - α-interferon stock (9.1 mg/mL) was diluted with buffer to a concentration of 0.6 mg/mL. The sample was dialyzed overnight in buffer (volume ratio of α-interferon to buffer was 1:4000). Since there was no extinction coefficient provided, concentration of the sample used was determined by comparison of absorption spectra of the sample before and after dialysis. For each particular pH, the absorbance of the nondialyzed α-interferon of known concentration was measured at 280 nm. Then after dialysis, absorbance was read again to account for the protein loss, dilution, etc. Buffer conditions and α-interferon concentrations were:
- pH 3.0: Buffer—20 mM NaAc. [IFN]=0.50 mg/mL;
- pH 4.1: Buffer—20 mM NaAc. [IFN]=0.53 mg/mL;
- pH 5.0: Buffer—20 mM NaAc. [IFN]=0.37 mg/mL;
- pH 6.0: Buffer—20 mM Na Phosphate. [IFN]=0.37 mg/mL;
- pH 7.2: Buffer—20 mM Na Phosphate. [IFN]=0.48 mg/mL.
- DSC scans were performed according to the procedure of Example 9. Although clear, transparent solutions of α-interferon were obtained for every pH at room temperature, there were noticeable signs of precipitation at pH 5.0 and 6.0 after the temperature scans.
- Results are illustrated in Table 7 below.
TABLE 7 α-Interferon - pH dependence DSC pH Tm° C. ΔH cal/mol 7.2 66.84 732717 6.0 65.34 45580 5.0 67.32 69782 4.1 65.64 60470 3.0 — — - GuHCL/α-interferon samples were prepared according to the method of Example 4. DSC scans were performed according to the procedure of Example 9.
- Results are illustrated in Table 8 below.
TABLE 8 α-Interferon in GuHCl DSC [GuHCl] M Tm ° C. ΔH cal/mol 0.0 67.12 72562 0.5 64.43 50827 1.0 63.04 41705 1.5 60.11 29520 2.0 56.32 24980 3.0 45.90 20577 4.0 — — - Examples 3-14 illustrate that ionic strength, guanidine hydrochloride concentration, and pH result in changes in the Tm of active agents, indicating a change in conformation. This was confirmed by fluorescence spectroscopy. The reversible intermediate conformational states can be used as templates to prepare mimetics.
- An intermediate conformational state of α-interferon is determined. A peptide mimetic having the secondary and tertiary structure of the intermediate state is prepared.
- The method of Example 15 is followed substituting an insulin for the α-interferon.
- The method of Example 15 is followed substituting recombinant human growth hormone for the α-interferon.
- A stock solution of 9.1 mg/mL α-interferon in 20 mM sodium phosphate buffer at pH 7.2 was prepared. A stock solution of perturbant was prepared by dissolving 800 mg of perturbant (L-arginine acylated with cyclohexanoyl chloride) in 2 mL of 20 mM Sodium Phosphate buffer (pH7).
- Samples were prepared by diluting the α-interferon with the sodium phosphate buffer and perturbant stock solution at various perturbant concentrations. Diluted samples were allowed to come to equilibrium by incubation for approximately 30 minutes at room temperature prior to measurement.
- Fluorescence from the endogenous tryptophan resident of α-interferon were measured according to the procedure of Example 3. The perturbant did not contain a fluoophore.
- Results are illustrated in FIG. 9.
- Perturbant binding DSC was conducted using 20 mM NaPhosphate buffer at pH 7.2. Dry perturbant was weighed out to make perturbant stock solutions. α-interferon stock was diluted in the buffer. α-interferon solution was not dialyzed prior to experiments for the purpose of having the same active concentration for the whole set.
- DSC thermograms were generated with α-interferon at a concentration of 0.64 mg/ml and a perturbant (phenylsulfonyl-para-aminobenzoic acid purified to >98% (as determined by reverse phase chromatography prior to generation of the spectra)) at perturbant concentrations of 5, 10, 25 and 100 mg/ml. DSC was conducted on a DASM-4 differential scanning calorimeter interfaced to an IBM PC for automatic collection of the data. The scanning rate was 60° C./h.
- Results are illustrated in Table 9 below and FIG. 10.
- The method of Example 19 was followed substituting α-interferon without perturbant. Results are illustrated in Table 9 below and FIG. 10.
TABLE 9 α-Interferon + Perturbant DSC Perturbant - mg/ml Tm ° C. ΔH cal/ mol 0 67.12 72562 5 64.37 60151 10 62.3 53161 25 58.15 35393 100 46.18 5439.3 - DSC scans where the added concentration of perturbant ranged from 0-100 mg/mL show induced conformational changes in the α-interferon that occur in a concentration dependent manner. At 100 mg/mL of the perturbant, the thermogram indicated that the α-interferon Cp vs. Tm curve was a flat line. The flat Cp vs. Tm curve obtained at 100 mg/mL of perturbant indicates that hydrophobic residues within the α-interferon molecule became solvent exposed. It is clear that the perturbant was able to change the structure of α-interferon in a concentration dependent manner.
- An α-interferon stock solution at a concentration of 9.1 mg/mL was diluted with buffer to an α-interferon concentration of 0.6 mg/mL. DSC was performed according to the procedure of Example 19.
- Results are illustrated in FIG. 11A.
- α-interferon (0.6 mg/ml) and the perturbant of Example 19 (100 mg/ml) were mixed with no apparent changes in the Cp of the solution. This solution was then dialyzed overnight into phosphate buffer, and the thermogram was rerun. Results are illustrated in FIG. 11B.
- The dialyzed sample had essentially the same Tm and the same area under the Cp vs. Tm curve as it did prior to addition of the perturbant. This indicated that not only was the perturbant able to induce conformational changes in the protein but that this process was reversible. Dilution was enough of a driving force to effect disengagement of the perturbant from the active agent.
- The method of Example 4 was followed, substituting the perturbant of Example 19 for the GuHCl.
- Results are illustrated in FIG. 12.
- The DSC experiments on the equilibrium denaturation of α-interferon indicate the existence of intermediate conformations of the molecule. ΔH vs. Tm plots indicate the energetics of intermediate conformations occupied by α-interferon at each set of experimental conditions.
- The method of Example 19 was followed substituting cyclohexanoyl phenylglycine for the perturbant.
- Results are illustrated in Table 10 below and in FIG. 13.
TABLE 10 α-Interferon + Perturbant DSC Perturbant mg/ml Tm ° C. ΔH cal/ mol 0 67.12 72562 5 63.00 42299 10 59.49 43058 25 52.79 27237 100 — 0 - Cyclohexanoyl phenylglycine induced conformational changes in α-interferon that were concentration dependent.
- The method of Example 4 was followed substituting the perturbant of Example 30 for the GuHCl.
- Results are illustrated in FIG. 14.
- The ΔH v. Tm plot indicates the existence of an equilibrium intermediate conformation of α-interferon that is stable at below 5 and 25 mg/ml of added cyclohexanoyl phenylglycine perturbant.
- Isothermal titration calorimetry of perturbant complexing with α-interferon was performed at 25° C. at two different pH's. The buffers used were 20 mM NaPhosphate for pH 7.2 and 20 mM NaAc for pH 3.0. α-interferon solution was dialyzed before the experiment to reach the appropriate pH. Dry perturbants were weighed and diluted in dialysate.
- ITC was conducted on a MicroCal OMEGA titration calorimeter (MicroCal Inc.—Northampton, Mass.). Data points were collected every 2 seconds, without subsequent filtering. α-interferon solution placed in 1.3625 mL cell was titrated using a 250 μL syringe filled with concentrated perturbant solution. A certain amount of titrant was injected every 3-5 minutes for up to 55 injections.
- A reference experiment to correct for the heat of mixing of two solutions, was performed identically except that the reaction cell was filled with buffer without active agent.
- Analysis of the data was performed using the software developed at the Johns Hopkins University Biocalorimetry Center.
- The titration at pH 7.2 included 53 injections of 2 μL of the perturbant of Example 30 (50 mg/mL=191.6 mM (MW 261)) and α-interferon (1.3 mg/mL=0.067 mM (MW 19400)).
- Results are illustrated in FIG. 15.
- Curve fitting indicated multiple independent sites:
- n (1)=121.0354 where n=# of completed perturbant molecules
- ΔH (1)=58.5932 cal/Mole perturbant
- log 10 Ka (1)=2.524834 where Ka=association constant
- x-axis units are concentration of carrier in mM.
- y-axis units represent heat/injection expressed in calories.
- At
pH 3, complexing resulted in a negative enthalpy. - The method of Example 24 was followed, substituting 53 injections of 2 μl for the perturbant (50 mg/mL=191.6 mM) [IFN]=0 mg of Example 22 without active agent.
- Example 24 and Comparative Example 24* illustrate that α-interferon has a positive enthalpy and a binding constant (Kd≈10−3M).
- The method of Example 24 was followed substituting the perturbant of Example 19 for the perturbant of Example 22.
- The titration at pH 7.2 included two runs of 55 injections each of 5 μL of perturbant (50 mg/mL=181 mM (FW 277)) and α-interferon (2.31 mg/mL=0.119 mM, (MW 19400)).
- Results are illustrated in FIG. 16.
- Curve fitting indicated multiple independent sites:
- n (1)=55.11848 where n=# of complex perturbant molecules
- ΔH (1)=−114.587 cal/Mole perturbant
- log 10 Ka (1)=2.819748 where Ka=association constant
- x-axis units are concentration of carrier in mM.
- y-axis units represent heat/injection expressed in calories.
- Complexing of perturbant to α-interferon at pH 3.0 resulted in precipitation of the complex out of the solution. Due to the heat effect produced by this process, it was impossible to measure the complexing parameters.
- The method of Example 25 was followed, substituting 55 injections of 5 μl of the perturbant of Example 26(50 mg/mL=181 mM) in 20 mM sodium phosphate pH 7.2 without active agent.
- The perturbant of Example 19 complexed with α-interferon resulted in a negative enthalpy and a comparable binding constant to that of the perturbant of Example 22 and α-interferon.
- Examples 24 and 25 indicate that the stronger the perturbant complexes with the active agent and the more thermodynamically stable the intermediate state of the active agent, the greater the bioavailability of the active agent.
- Therefore, by plotting the ΔH v. Tm curve for an active agent and a perturbant, those perturbants that induce little or no enthalpic change over the broadest range of Tm would be preferred perturbants. It is believed that perturbants that stabilize the intermediate state to a greater extent will result in more efficient delivery of the active agent.
- DSC experiments were carried out according to the procedure of Example 19, with 0.5 mg/ml α-interferon mixed with (1) benzoyl para-amino phenylbutyric acid, (2) the perturbant of Example 22, or (3) the perturbant of Example 19.
- Benzoyl para-amino phenylbutyric acid was poorly soluble under the buffer conditions. Maximum concentration at which the solution was still transparent at room temperature was ˜8 mg/mL. Therefore, the concentrations of the perturbant used were 2, 4, and 6 mg/mL. Results are illustrate in FIGS. 17 and 18. The dashed line in FIG. 17 represents the linear least squares, and the regression equation is at the top of FIG. 17.
- Y=−1.424e 5+3148.8x
- R=0.9912
- FIGS. 17 and 18 illustrate that conformational changes in α-interferon are more readily produced by benzoyl para-amino phenylbutyric acid than by the perturbants of Examples 22 and 19, and that such changes are more readily produced by the perturbant of Example 22 than by the perturbant of Example 19.
- ITC was performed according to the method of Example 24 with 40 injections of 5 μL of the perturbant benzoyl para-amino phenylbutyric acid (7.5 mg/mL=24.59 mM, (FW 305)) and α-interferon (2.5 mg/mL=0.129 mM, (MW 19400)).
- Results are illustrated in FIG. 19.
- Curve fitting indicated multiple independent sites:
- n (1)=23.69578 where n=# of complexed perturbant molecules
- ΔH (1)=791.5726 cal/Mole perturbant
- log 10 Ka (1)=3.343261 where Ka=association constant
- x-axis represents concentration of carrier in mM.
- y-axis represents heat/injection expressed in calories.
- ITC was performed according to the method of Example 27 with 40 injections of 5 μl of the perturbant benzoyl para-amino phenylbutyric acid (7.5 mg/mL=24.59 mM) in 20 mM NaPhosphate pH 7.2 buffer, without active agent.
- The apparent dissociation constant for the perturbant of Example 26 is greater than that for the perturbant of Example 30 (10−4M) at pH 7.
- Therefore, benzoyl para-amino phenylbutyric acid complexes more strongly to α-interferon and induces the native state-reversible intermediate conformational state at lower concentrations of perturbant.
- The ability of rhGh to complex with various perturbants was assessed by ITC using a Microcal Omega titrator, usually equilibrated at 30° C. The sample cell of the calorimeter was filled with degassed rhGH (usually at 0.25 mM) prepared in 50 mM phosphate buffer, pH 7.5 or 4.0. The perturbant (cyclohexanoyl chloride modified L-tyrosin (a), salicyloyl modified L-phenylalanine (b), or phenylsulfonyl-para-amino benzoic acid (c)) was then placed in the dropping syringe at 1 mM (for pH 7.5) and 2.5 mM, (for pH 4.0). Twenty to twenty-five 10 μl injections were made into rapidly mixing (400 rpm) solution with 2 minute intervals between injections.
- Initial concentration of perturbant placed in the calorimeter sample cell assumed a formula weight of 200 for each perturbant. The pH of each solution was checked after dissolution, but no adjustments of the pH were required. All experiments were performed at 30° C. Initial concentration of rhGh placed in the dropping syringe assumed a molecular weight of 20,000 for rhGh. The pH of each solution was checked after dissolution, but no adjustment of the pH was required.
- The heats of reaction were determined by integration of the observed peaks. To correct for heat of mixing and dilution, a control experiment was also performed under identical conditions where aliquots of the test perturbant or rhGh were added to buffer solution only. The sum total of the heat evolved was plotted against the total perturbant concentration to produce the isotherm from which the association constant (KA, M), enthalpy change (ΔH, kcal/mol), entropy change (ΔS (eu), and N, and the stoichiometry of perturbant molecules complexed per equivalent of complexed supramolecular complex, were determined by curve-fitting the binding isotherm against the binding equation described for perturbant complexing in a supramolecular complex possessing one set of independent perturbant complexing sites. The data were deconvoluted using the nonlinear least squares algorithm supplied in the software of the manufacturer.
- Results are illustrated in Table 11 below.
TABLE 11 Isothermal Titration Calorimetry of rhGH at pH 7.5 and 4.0 with Different Perturbants rhGh KD ΔH ΔS Perturbant (mM) (M) (kcal/mol) (eu) N pH 7.5 A at 0.25 mM 1.0 9.88 × 10−5 +1.4 +23.5 7.0 B at 0.25 mM 1.0 1.11 × 10−6 +2.1 +35.0 0.7 C at 0.25 mM 1.0 1.11 × 10−9 +0.8 +44.0 10.0 pH 4.0 A at 0.25 mM 1.0 7.81 × 10−5 −1.5 −5.6 2.3 B at 0.25 mM 1.0 1.61 × 10−9 −35.6 −90.0 155.9 C at 0.25 mM 1.0 2.67 × 10−8 −1.2 −30.0 122.0 - The positive ΔS values at pH 7.5 indicate that complexing at this pH results in structural change.
- The assay for pancreatin activity was prepared as follows: 0.1 mL of a stock solution of α-interferon (9.1 mg/mL, 20 mM NaH2PO4, pH 7.2) (Schering-Plough Corp.) was added to 2.5 mL of either phenylsulfonyl-para-aminobenzoic acid perturbant (46) or cyclohexanoyl phenylglycine perturbant (47) (200 mg/mL) in 5 mM KH2PO4, pH 7.0. Incubation was carried out at 37° C. for 30 and 60 minutes following the addition of 0.1 mL of USP pancreatin (20 mg/mL) (Sigma Chemical Co.) 0.1 mL aliquots were withdrawn at those times points. Enzyme reactions were stopped by the addition of protease inhibitors (Aprotinin and Bowman-Birk Inhibitor (BBI), each at 2 mg/mL) and were diluted five-fold to quantitate α-interferon left intact. A reverse phase HPLC method using a Butyl C-4 cartridge (3.0×46 cm, Rainin) and employing gradient elution between 0.1% TFA/water and 90% ACN in 0.1% TFA coupled with UV detection at 220 nm was used for separating and quantitating α-interferon. The α-interferon at 0 minutes was quantitated from an aliquot prior to the addition of pancreatin and was taken to be 100%.
- Results are illustrated in FIG. 20.
- Examples 31 and 32 illustrate that both supramolecular complexes resisted enzymatic degradation. However, in additional testing no correlation was shown between the enzyme inhibitors potency and the ability to deliver drug.
- DSC thermograms of heparin at pH 5.0 were conducted according to the method of Example 9 using pH, GuHCl, and ionic strength as perturbants.
- Thermograms were corrected by subtraction of a heparin 0.05M NaCl-phosphate buffer blank, but an individual blank was not used for each NaCl concentration.
- Results are illustrated in Tables 12-14 below and in FIG. 21.
TABLE 12 Effects of pH on the DSC Spectrum of 20 μg/ml Heparin in 50 mM Phosphate Buffer ΔH ΔHvH Tm (Cp, max) (kcal/mol) (kcal/mol) pH 6.0 62.5 232.1 13.8 pH 6.5 (a) 62.7 213.9 (b) 71.8 751.9 56.8 pH 7.0 (a) 47.1 187.1 (b) 72.9 136.4 27.6 pH 7.5 66.2 499.4 83.8 -
TABLE 13 Effects of 10M Guanidine Hydrochloride in 50 mM Phosphate Buffer on the DSC Spectrum of Heparin ΔH ΔHvH Tm (Cp, max) (kcal/mol) (kcal/mol) heparin 67.2 499.4 83.8 heparin + 0.5M GuHCl 50.5 287.3 170.9 heparin + 1.0M GuHCl 60.5 415.0 97.1 heparin + 1.5M GuHCl — 1716.5 24.3 heparin + 2.0M GuHCl — 2533.7 19.2 -
TABLE 14 Effect of Ionic Strength on the DSC Spectrum of 20 μg/ml of Heparin in 50 mM Phosphate Buffer pH 7.0 ΔH ΔHvH Tm (Cp, max) (kcal/mol) (kcal/mol) 0.0M NaCl 47.1 187.1 72.9 136.4 0.25M NaCl 46.1 0.112 not present 0.50M NaCl 41.6 0.094 not present 0.75M NaCl 27.5 0.00 not present 1.0M NaCl no transition observed - These data indicate that non-proteinaceous active agents are able to change conformation in response to a perturbant.
- The following materials were used:
- Column:
- 10 mm×30 cm, low pressure, glass column from Pharmacia w/adjustable bed volume. The bed volume used was 22 cm at a pressure of 0.8 Mpa.
- Packing:
- Heparin covalently bonded to Sepharose CL-6B with no linker molecule.
- Sepharose fractionation range: 10,000-4,000,000.
- The density of heparin was 2 mg/cc as per Pharmacia Q.C. Department.
- Conditions:
- The mobil phase was 67 mM phosphate buffer, pH7.4.
- The flow rate was 1.5 mL/min isocratic.
- The run time was 45 minutes.
- Sample detection was done with a Perkin Elmer refractive index detector.
- Column integrity was confirmed by injecting protamine and observing a retention time greater than 1 hour. Void volume was determined by injecting water and measuring time of elution.
- Each of the perturbants of Table 15 below (5 mg) was independently dissolved in 1 mL of mobil phase and injected (100 ul) into the column. Time of elution was measured. K′ value was determined by using the following equation (as per USP):
- K′=(Ret. time Carrier/Ret. time Water)−1
- The results were compared between each perturbant as well as their respective in vivo performance in FIG. 29. K′ (the degree of retardation) values in the figure have been corrected by subtraction of the K′ value determined from the sepharose column from the K′ value determined from the heparin-sepharose column.
TABLE 15 PERTURBANTS cyclohexylidenebutyric acid(2)- Na salt # 1 cylcohexanebutyroyl(2-)aminobutyric acid(4) #2 phenylacetyl- para-aminobutyric acid # 3 ortho-methylcyclohexanoyl-aminobutyric acid(4) #4 phenylacetyl-aminohexanoic acid(6-) #5 cinnamoyl- para-aminophenylbutyric acid # 6 cyclohexanebutyroyl(2-)-para-aminophenylbutyric acid #7 hydrocinnamoyl- para-aminophenylbutyric acid # 8 cyclohexanebutyroyl(2-)-leu-leu #9 cyclohexanebutyroyl(2-)- gly # 10 - DSC experiments were carried out according to the procedure of Example 19, with 1.0 mg/ml dipalmitoylphosphatidylcholine (DPPC) mixed with perturbants XI, L, LII, LIII, and LIV. The concentrations of the perturbant were varied from 0 to 20 mg/ml.
- Results are illustrated in FIG. 22.
- Perturbant binding DSC was conducted using 20 mM NaPhosphate buffer at pH 7.2. Dry perturbant L was weighed out to make perturbant stock solutions. DPPC stock solution was prepared in the buffer.
- DSC thermograms were generated with DPPC at a concentration of 1.0 mg/ml. The perturbant concentrations used were 0, 5, 10, and 20 mg/ml. The DSC was performed as described in Example 19.
- Results are illustrated in FIG. 23.
- Perturbant binding DSC was conducted using 20 mM NaPhosphate buffer at pH 7.2. Dry perturbant L was weighed out to make perturbant stock solutions. DPPC stock solution was prepared in the buffer. rhGH solution was prepared as described in Example 10A.
- DSC thermograms were generated with DPPC at a concentration of 1.0 mg/ml. Samples having DPPC alone; DPPC with 10 mg/ml of perturbant; DPPC with 0.3 mg/ml of rhGH; and DPPC, 10 mg/ml of perturbant and 0.3 mg/ml of rhGH were prepared and analyzed. The DSC was performed as described in Example 19.
- Results are illustrated in FIG. 24.
- Perturbant binding DSC was conducted using 20 mM NaPhosphate buffer at pH 7.2. Dry perturbant LII was weighed out to make perturbant stock solutions. DPPC stock solution was prepared in the buffer. rhGH solution was prepared as described in Example 10A.
- DSC thermograms were generated with DPPC at a concentration of 1.0 mg/ml. Samples having DPPC alone; DPPC with 5 mg/ml of perturbant; DPPC with 0.3 mg/ml of rhGH; and DPPC, 5 mg/ml of perturbant and 0.3 mg/ml of rhGH were prepared and analyzed. The DSC was performed as described in Example 19.
- Results are illustrated in FIG. 25.
- Perturbant binding DSC was conducted using 20 mM NaPhosphate buffer at pH 7.2. Dry perturbant XI was weighed out to make perturbant stock solutions. DPPC stock solution was prepared in the buffer. rhGH solution was prepared as described in Example 10A.
- DSC thermograms were generated with DPPC at a concentration of 1.0 mg/ml. Samples having DPPC alone; DPPC with 2 mg/ml of perturbant; DPPC with 0.3 mg/ml of rhGH; and DPPC, 2 mg/ml of perturbant and 0.3 mg/ml of rhGH were prepared and analyzed. The DSC was performed as described in Example 19.
- Results are illustrated in FIG. 26.
- Solutions of compound L were prepared in a 10 mM phosphate buffer at a pH of 7.0. The concentrations tested were 10, 15, and 20 mg/ml. The solutions were analyzed using standard microscopic light scattering techniques.
- Results are illustrated in FIG. 27.
- Dosing compositions were prepared by mixing the modified amino acids and recombinant human growth hormone (rhGH) as listed in Table 16 below in a phosphate buffer solution at a pH of about 7-8.
- Rats were administered the dosing composition by sublingual or intranasal administration. Delivery was evaluated by using an ELISA assay for rhGH from Medix Biotech, Inc. For intracolonic administration, a sample was prepared and dosed to fasted rats at 25 mg/kg of carrier in a buffered solution containing propylene glycol (0-50%) and 1 mg/kg rhGH.
- Results are illustrated in Table 16 below.
- rhGH (6 mg/ml) was administered by oral gavage to a rat, and delivery was evaluated according to the procedure of Example 41A.
- Results are illustrated in Table 16 below.
TABLE 16 In Vivo Delivery of rhGH Carrier Drug Method of Mean Peak Serum Dose Dose Admin- Levels of rhGH Example Carrier (mg/kg) (mg/kg) istration (ng/mL) 42A none 0 6 oral <10 +/− 10 41 XIX-1 100 3 sublingual 119.14 +/− 65.6 42 XIX-1 25 1 intranasal 92.7 +/− 73.2 - Preparation of Dosing solutions
- The delivery agents were reconstituted with distilled water and adjusted to pH 7.2-8.0 with either aqueous hydrochloric acid or aqueous sodium hydroxide. A stock solution of rhGH was prepared by mixing rhGH, D-mannitol and glycine and dissolving this mixture in 2% glycerol/water. The stock solution was then added to the delivery agent solution. Several delivery agent to active agent ratios were studied.
- In vivo experiments
- Male Sprague-Dawley rats weighing 200-250 g were fasted for 24 hours and administered ketamine (44 mg/kg) and chlorpromazine (1.5 mg/kg) 15 minutes prior to dosing. The rats were administered one of the dosing solutions described above by subcutaneous injection, intranasal instillation, or sublingual instillation. Blood samples were collected serially from the tail artery for serum calcium concentration determination or serum rhGH concentrations. The dose of rhGH administered in these experiments was 0.1 mg/kg.
- Serum rhGH concentrations were quantified by an rhGH enzyme immunoassay test kit. The results are given in Table 17 and FIGS. 28 and 29.
- In FIG. 29 the circles represent the response following SL dosing of an aqueous solution of compound CXXIII-H and rhGH. The squares represent the response following IN dosing of an aqueous solution of compound CXXIII-H and rhGH. The triangles represent the response following IC dosing of an aqueous solution of compound CXXIII-H and rhGH. The dose of compound CXXIII-H was 25 mg/kg and the dose of rhGH was 1 mg/kg.
- rhGH (1 mg/kg) was administered by oral gavage to a rat, and delivery was evaluated according to the procedure of Example 43.
- Results are illustrated in Table 17 below.
TABLE 17 Delivery Agent Enhancement of Recombinant Human Growth Hormone (rhGH) Bioavailability Administered by Subcutaneous Administration. Delivery Agent Dose Peak Serum [rhGH] Example Deliver Agent (mg/kg) (ng/mL) 43 CXXIII-H 1.0 22 ± 3 43A None 0.0 4 ± 2 44 CXXIII-H 2.5 25 ± 5 45 CXXIII- H 25 30 ± 6 46 CXI-G 2.5 16 ± 2 47 LVIII-A 1.0 29 ± 10 48 LXXXVI-B 1.0 22 ± 7 49 LXXXVI-B 2.5 23 ± 5 50 LXI-A 2.5 26 ± 5 51 CX-1 1.0 15 ± 3 52 CXV-G 1.0 25 ± 3 53 LXVI-A 1.0 33 ± 5 54 CIX-1 1.0 16 ± 3 - Preparation of Dosing solution
- The delivery agents were reconstituted with distilled water and adjusted to pH 7.2-8.0 with either aqueous hydrochloric acid or aqueous sodium hydroxide. A stock solution of sCT was prepared by dissolving sCT in citric acid (0.085N). The stock solution was then added to the delivery agent solution. Several different delivery agent to active agent ratios were studied.
- In vivo experiments
- Male Sprague-Dawley rats weighing 200-250 g were fasted for 24 hours and administered ketamine (44 mg/kg) and chlorpromazine (1.5 mg/kg) 15 minutes prior to dosing. The rats were administered one of the dosing solutions described above by subcutaneous injection. Blood samples were collected serially from the tail artery for serum calcium concentration.
- Serum calcium concentrations were quantified by the o-cresolphthalein complexone method (Sigma) using a UV/VIS spectrophotometer (Perkin Elmer). The results are given in Table 5.
- Salmon calcitonin was administered by oral gavage to rats, and delivery was evaluated according to the Procedure of Example 55. The results are given in Table 18 below.
TABLE 18 Delivery Agent Enhancement of Salmon Calcitonin (sCT, dosed at 0.2 μg/kg) Bioavailability Administered by Subcutaneous Administration. Delivery Agent Dose Percent Decrease in Example Deliver Ageny (μg/kg) Serum Calcium 55 CXXIII- H 2 17 ± 3 55A None 0 17 ± 2 56 CXXIII- H 20 25 ± 4 57 CXXIII- H 200 25 ± 5 58 CXXIII- H 2000 26 ± 5 59 CXI- G 20 21 ± 4 60 CXIV- G 20 20 ± 3 - All patents, applications, test methods, and publications mentioned herein are hereby incorporated by reference.
- Many variations of the present invention will suggest themselves to those skilled in the art in light of the above detailed disclosure. All such modifications are within the full extended scope of the appended claims.
Claims (111)
1. A method for delivering, by the subcutaneous route, a biologically active agent to a subject in need of said biologically active agent, said method comprising:
(a) providing a biologically active agent which can exist in a native conformational state, a denatured conformational state, and an intermediate conformational state which is reversible to said native state and is conformationally between said native and denatured states;
(b) exposing said biologically active agent to a complexing perturbant to reversibility transform said biologically active agent to said intermediate state and to form a subcutaneously deliverable supramolecular complex,
said perturbant having a molecular weight between about 150 to about 600 daltons, and having at least one hydrophilic moiety and at least one hydrophobic moiety,
said supramolecular complex comprising said perturbant non-covalently complexed with said biologically active agent,
said biologically active agent not forming a microsphere with said perturbant, and
said perturbant being present in an amount effective for subcutaneous delivery of said biologically active agent; and
(c) subcutaneously administering said supramolecular complex to said subject.
2. A method as defined in , further comprising
claim 1
(d) after said administering step, removing said perturbant from said supramolecular complex to transform said biologically active agent to said native state.
3. A method as defined in , wherein step (d) comprises diluting said supramolecular complex.
claim 2
4. A method as defined in , wherein said intermediate state has a ΔG ranging from about −20 kcal/mole to about 20 kcal/moles relative to said native state.
claim 1
5. A method as defined in , wherein said biologically active agent is selected from the group consisting of a peptide, a mucopolysaccharide, a carbohydrate, a lipid, a pesticide, or any combination of the foregoing.
claim 1
6. A method as defined in , wherein said biologically-active agent is selected from the group consisting of human growth hormone, bovine growth hormone, growth hormone-releasing hormone, an interferon, interleukin-II, insulin, heparin, calcitonin, erythropoietin, atrial naturetic factor, an antigen, a monoclonal antibody, somatostatin, adrenocorticotropin, gonadotropin releasing hormone, oxytocin, vasopressin, cromolyn sodium, vancomycin, desferrioxamine (DFO), or any combination of any of the foregoing.
claim 5
7. A method as defined in , wherein said perturbant comprises a proteinoid.
claim 1
8. A method as defined in , wherein said perturbant is selected from the group consisting of an acylated amino acid and an acylated poly amino acid.
claim 1
9. A method as defined in , wherein said perturbant is selected from the group consisting of a sulfonated amino acid and a sulfonated poly amino acid.
claim 1
10. A method as defined in , wherein said perturbant is selected from the group consisting of an acylated aldehyde of an amino acid and an acylated aldehyde of a poly amino acid.
claim 1
11. A method as defined in , wherein said perturbant is selected from the group consisting of an acylated ketone of an amino acid and an acylated ketone of a poly amino acid.
claim 1
12. A method as defined in , wherein said perturbant comprises a carboxylic acid having the formula
claim 1
R—CO2H
wherein
R is C1 to C24 alkyl, C2 to C24 alkenyl, C3 to C10 cycloalkyl, C3 to C10 cycloalkenyl, phenyl, naphthyl, (C1 to C10 alkyl)phenyl, (C2to C10 alkenyl)phenyl, (C1 to C10 alkyl)naphthyl, (C2 to C10 alkenyl)naphthyl, phenyl(C1 to C10 alkyl), phenyl(C2 to C10 alkenyl), naphthyl(C1 to C10 alkyl) and naphthyl(C2 to C10 alkenyl);
R being optionally substituted with C1 to C10 alkyl, C2 to C10 alkenyl, C1 to C4 alkoxy, —OH, —SH, —CO2R1, C3 to C10 cycloalkyl, C3 to C10 cycloalkenyl, heterocyclic having 3-10 ring atoms wherein the hetero atom is one or more atoms of N, O, S or any combination thereof, aryl, (C1 to C10 alkyl)aryl, aryl(C1 to C10)alkyl, or any combination thereof;
R being optionally interrupted by oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur, or any combination thereof; and
R1 is hydrogen, C1 to C4 alkyl or C2 to C4 alkenyl; or
a salt thereof.
13. A method for preparing a subcutaneously deliverable biologically active agent, said method comprising:
(a) providing a biologically active agent which can exist in a native conformational state, a denatured conformational state, and an intermediate conformational state which is reversible to said native state and is conformationally between said native and denatured states; and
(b) exposing said biologically active agent to a complexing perturbant to reversibility transform said biologically active agent to said intermediate state and to form a subcutaneously deliverable supramolecular complex,
said perturbant having a molecular weight ranging from about 150 to about 600 daltons, and having at least one hydrophilic moiety and at least one hydrophobic moiety,
said supramolecular complex comprising said perturbant non-covalently complexed with said biologically active agent;
said biologically active agent not forming a microsphere with said perturbant; and
said perturbant being present in an amount effective for subcutaneous delivery of said biologically active agent.
14. A method as defined in , wherein said intermediate state has ΔG ranging from about −20 kcal/mole to about 20 kcal/moles relative to said native state.
claim 13
15. A method as defined in , wherein said biologically active agent is selected from the group consisting of a peptide, a micropolysaccharide, a carbohydrate, a lipid, a pesticide, or any combination of the foregoing.
claim 13
16. A method as defined in , wherein said biologically-active agent is selected from the group consisting of human growth hormone, bovine growth hormone, growth hormone-releasing hormone, an interferon, interleukin-II, insulin, heparin, calcitonin, erythropoietin, atrial naturetic factor, an antigen, a monoclonal antibody, somatostatin, adrenocorticotropin, gonadotropin releasing hormone, oxytocin, vasopressin, cromolyn sodium, vancomycin, desferrioxamine (DFO), or any combination of any of the foregoing.
claim 15
17. A method as defined in , wherein said perturbant comprises a proteinoid.
claim 13
18. A method as defined in , wherein said perturbant is selected from the group consisting of an acylated amino acid and an acylated poly amino acid.
claim 13
19. A method as defined in , wherein said perturbant is selected from the group consisting of a sulfonated amino acid and a sulfonated poly amino acid.
claim 13
20. A method as defined in , wherein said perturbant is selected from the group consisting of an acylated aldehyde of an amino acid and an acylated aldehyde of a poly amino acid.
claim 13
21. A method as defined in , wherein said perturbant is selected from the group consisting of an acylated ketone of an amino acid and an acylated ketone of a poly amino acid.
claim 13
22. A method as defined in , wherein said perturbant comprises a carboxylic acid having the formula
claim 13
R—CO2H
wherein
R is C1 to C24 alkyl, C2 to C24 alkenyl, C3 to C10 cycloalkyl, C3 to C10 cycloalkenyl, phenyl, naphthyl, (C1 to C10 alkyl)phenyl, (C2to C10 alkenyl)phenyl, (C1 to C10 alkyl)naphthyl, (C2 to C10 alkenyl)naphthyl, phenyl(C1 to C10 alkyl), phenyl(C2 to C10 alkenyl), naphthyl(C1 to C10 alkyl) and naphthyl(C2 to C10 alkenyl);
R being optionally substituted with C1 to C10 alkyl, C2 to C10 alkenyl, C1 to C4 alkoxy, —OH, —SH, —CO2R1, C3 to C10 cycloalkyl, C3 to C10 cycloalkenyl, heterocyclic having 3-10 ring atoms wherein the hetero atom is one or more atoms of N, O, S or any combination thereof, aryl, (C1 to C10 alkyl)aryl, aryl(C1 to C10)alkyl, or any combination thereof;
R being optionally interrupted by oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur, or any combination thereof; and
R1 is hydrogen, C1 to C4 alkyl or C2 to C4 alkenyl; or
a salt thereof.
23. A subcutaneous delivery composition comprising a supramolecular complex comprising:
(a) a biologically active agent in an intermediate conformational state non-covalently complexed with
(b) a complexing perturbant having a molecular weight ranging from about 150 to about 600 and having at least one hydrophilic moiety and at least one hydrophobic moiety;
wherein said intermediate state is reversible to said native state and is conformationally between a native conformational and a denatured conformational state of said biologically active agent and said composition is not a microsphere; and said perturbant being present in an amount effective for subcutaneous delivery of said biologically active agent.
24. A composition as defined in , wherein said biologically active agent is selected from the group consisting of a peptide, a micropolysaccharide, a carbohydrate, a lipid, a pesticide, or any combination of the foregoing.
claim 23
25. A composition as defined in , wherein said biologically-active agent is selected from the group consisting of human growth hormone, bovine growth hormone, growth hormone-releasing hormone, an interferon, interleukin-II, insulin, heparin, calcitonin, erythropoietin, atrial naturetic factor, an antigen, a monoclonal antibody, somatostatin, adrenocorticotropin, gonadotropin releasing hormone, oxytocin, vasopressin, cromolyn sodium, vancomycin, desferrioxamine (DFO), or any combination of any of the foregoing.
claim 24
26. A composition as defined in , wherein said perturbant comprises a proteinoid.
claim 23
27. A composition as defined in , wherein said perturbant is selected from the group consisting of an acylated amino acid and an acylated poly amino acid.
claim 23
28. A composition as defined in , wherein said perturbant is selected from the group consisting of a sulfonated amino acid and a sulfonated poly amino acid.
claim 46
29. A composition as defined in , wherein said perturbant is selected from the group consisting of an acylated aldehyde of an amino acid and an acylated aldehyde of a poly amino acid.
claim 23
30. A composition as defined in , wherein said perturbant is selected from the group consisting of an acylated ketone of an amino acid and an acylated ketone of a poly amino acid.
claim 23
31. A composition as defined in , wherein said perturbant comprises a carboxylic acid having the formula
claim 23
R—CO2H
wherein
R is C1 to C24 alkyl, C2 to C24 alkenyl, C3 to C10 cycloalkyl, C3 to C10 cycloalkenyl, phenyl, naphthyl, (C1 to C10 alkyl)phenyl, (C2 to C10 alkenyl)phenyl, (C1 to C10 alkyl)naphthyl, (C2 to C10 alkenyl)naphthyl, phenyl(C1 to C10 alkyl), phenyl(C2 to C10 alkenyl), naphthyl(C1 to C10 alkyl) and naphthyl(C2 to C10 alkenyl);
R being optionally substituted with C1 to C10 alkyl, C2 to C10 alkenyl, C1 to C4 alkoxy, —OH, —SH, —CO2R1, C3 to C10 cycloalkyl, C3 to C10 cycloalkenyl, heterocyclic having 3-10 ring atoms wherein the hetero atom is one or more atoms of N, O, S or any combination thereof, aryl, (C1 to C10 alkyl)aryl, aryl(C1 to C10)alkyl, or any combination thereof;
R being optionally interrupted by oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur, or any combination thereof; and
R1 is hydrogen, C1 to C4 alkyl or C2 to C4 alkenyl; or
a salt thereof.
32. A dosage unit form comprising:
(A) a composition as defined in ; and
claim 23
(B)
(a) an excipient,
(b) a diluent,
(c) a disintegrant,
(d) a lubricant,
(e) a plasticizer,
(f) a colorant,
(g) a dosing vehicle, or
(h) any combination thereof.
33. A method for preparing an agent which is capable of being deliverable by the subcutaneous route to a subject in need of said agent, said method comprising:
(a) providing a biologically active agent which can exist in a native conformational state, a denatured conformational state, and an intermediate conformational state which is reversible to said native state and is conformationally between said native and denatured states;
(b) exposing said biologically active agent to a complexing perturbant to reversibly transform said biologically active agent to said intermediate state and to form a subcutaneously deliverable supramolecular complex,
said perturbant having a molecular weight between about 150 and about 600 daltons, and having at least one hydrophilic moiety and one hydrophilic moiety,
said supramolecular complex comprising said perturbant non-covalently complexed with said biologically active agent,
said biologically active agent not forming a microsphere with said perturbant, and
said perturbant being present in an amount effective for subcutaneous delivery of said biologically active agent; and
(c) preparing a mimetic of said supramolecular complex.
34. A method as defined in , wherein said biologically active agent comprises a peptide and said mimetic comprises a peptide mimetic.
claim 33
35. A method for preparing an agent which is capable of being delivered by the subcutaneous route to a subject in need of said agent, said method comprising:
(a) providing a biologically active agent which can exist in a native conformational state, a denatured conformational state, and an intermediate which is reversible to said native state and is conformationally between said native and denatured states;
(b) exposing said biologically active agent to a perturbant to reversibly transform said biologically active agent to said intermediate state, wherein said perturbant being present in an amount effective for subcutaneous delivery of said biologically active agent; and
(c) preparing a mimetic of said intermediate state.
36. A method as defined in , wherein said perturbant comprises a pH changing agent, an ionic strength changing agent, or guanidine hydrochloride.
claim 35
37. A subcutaneous delivery composition comprising a mimetic of the subcutaneous delivery composition prepared by the method of .
claim 13
38. A method for delivering, by the sublingual route, a biologically active agent to a subject in need of said biologically active agent, said method comprising:
(a) providing a biologically active agent which can exist in a native conformational state, a denatured conformational state, and an intermediate conformational state which is reversible to said native state and is conformationally between said native and denatured states;
(b) exposing said biologically active agent to a complexing perturbant to reversibility transform said biologically active agent to said intermediate state and to form a subcutaneously deliverable supramolecular complex,
said perturbant having a molecular weight between about 150 to about 600 daltons, and having at least one hydrophilic moiety and at least one hydrophobic moiety,
said supramolecular complex comprising said perturbant non-covalently complexed with said biologically active agent,
said biologically active agent not forming a microsphere with said perturbant, and
said perturbant being present in an amount effective for sublingual delivery of said biologically active agent; and
(c) sublingually administering said supramolecular complex to said subject.
39. A method as defined in , further comprising
claim 38
(d) after said administering step, removing said perturbant from said supramolecular complex to transform said biologically active agent to said native state.
40. A method as defined in , wherein step (d) comprises diluting said supramolecular complex.
claim 39
41. A method as defined in , wherein said intermediate state has a ΔG ranging from about −20 kcal/mole to about 20 kcal/moles relative to said native state.
claim 38
42. A method as defined in , wherein said biologically active agent is selected from the group consisting of a peptide, a mucopolysaccharide, a carbohydrate, a lipid, a pesticide, or any combination of the foregoing.
claim 38
43. A method as defined in , wherein said biologically-active agent is selected from the group consisting of human growth hormone, bovine growth hormone, growth hormone-releasing hormone, an interferon, interleukin-II, insulin, heparin, calcitonin, erythropoietin, atrial naturetic factor, an antigen, a monoclonal antibody, somatostatin, adrenocorticotropin, gonadotropin releasing hormone, oxytocin, vasopressin, cromolyn sodium, vancomycin, desferrioxamine (DFO), or any combination of any of the foregoing.
claim 42
44. A method as defined in , wherein said perturbant comprises a proteinoid.
claim 38
45. A method as defined in , wherein said perturbant is selected from the group consisting of an acylated amino acid and an acylated poly amino acid.
claim 38
46. A method as defined in , wherein said perturbant is selected from the group consisting of a sulfonated amino acid and a sulfonated poly amino acid.
claim 38
47. A method as defined in , wherein said perturbant is selected from the group consisting of an acylated aldehyde of an amino acid and an acylated aldehyde of a poly amino acid.
claim 38
48. A method as defined in , wherein said perturbant is selected from the group consisting of an acylated ketone of an amino acid and an acylated ketone of a poly amino acid.
claim 38
49. A method as defined in , wherein said perturbant comprises a carboxylic acid having the formula
claim 38
R—CO2H
wherein
R is C1 to C24 alkyl, C2 to C24 alkenyl, C3 to C10 cycloalkyl, C3 to C10 cycloalkenyl, phenyl, naphthyl, (C1 to C10 alkyl)phenyl, (C2 to C10alkenyl)phenyl, (C1 to C10 alkyl)naphthyl, (C2 to C10 alkenyl)naphthyl, phenyl(C1 to C10 alkyl), phenyl(C2 to C10 alkenyl), naphthyl(C1 to C10 alkyl) and naphthyl(C2 to C10 alkenyl);
R being optionally substituted with C1 to C10 alkyl, C2 to C10 alkenyl, C1 to C4 alkoxy, —OH, —SH, —CO2R1, C3 to C10 cycloalkyl, C3 to C10 cycloalkenyl, heterocyclic having 3-10 ring atoms wherein the hetero atom is one or more atoms of N, O, S or any combination thereof, aryl, (C1 to C10 alkyl)aryl, aryl(C1 to C10)alkyl, or any combination thereof;
R being optionally interrupted by oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur, or any combination thereof; and
R1 is hydrogen, C1 to C4 alkyl or C2 to C4 alkenyl; or
a salt thereof.
50. A method for preparing a sublingually deliverable biologically active agent, said method comprising:
(a) providing a biologically active agent which can exist in a native conformational state, a denatured conformational state, and an intermediate conformational state which is reversible to said native state and is conformationally between said native and denatured states; and
(b) exposing said biologically active agent to a complexing perturbant to reversibility transform said biologically active agent to said intermediate state and to form a sublingually deliverable supramolecular complex,
said perturbant having a molecular weight ranging from about 150 to about 600 daltons, and having at least one hydrophilic moiety and at least one hydrophobic moiety,
said supramolecular complex comprising said perturbant non-covalently complexed with said biologically active agent;
said biologically active agent not forming a microsphere with said perturbant; and
said perturbant being present in an amount effective for sublingual delivery of said biologically active agent.
51. A method as defined in , wherein said intermediate state has ΔG ranging from about −20 kcal/mole to about 20 kcal/moles relative to said native state.
claim 50
52. A method as defined in , wherein said biologically active agent is selected from the group consisting of a peptide, a micropolysaccharide, a carbohydrate, a lipid, a pesticide, or any combination of the foregoing.
claim 50
53. A method as defined in , wherein said biologically-active agent is selected from the group consisting of human growth hormone, bovine growth hormone, growth hormone-releasing hormone, an interferon, interleukin-II, insulin, heparin, calcitonin, erythropoietin, atrial naturetic factor, an antigen, a monoclonal antibody, somatostatin, adrenocorticotropin, gonadotropin releasing hormone, oxytocin, vasopressin, cromolyn sodium, vancomycin, desferrioxamine (DFO), or any combination of any of the foregoing.
claim 52
54. A method as defined in , wherein said perturbant comprises a proteinoid.
claim 50
55. A method as defined in , wherein said perturbant is selected from the group consisting of an acylated amino acid and an acylated poly amino acid.
claim 50
56. A method as defined in , wherein said perturbant is selected from the group consisting of a sulfonated amino acid and a sulfonated poly amino acid.
claim 50
57. A method as defined in , wherein said perturbant is selected from the group consisting of an acylated aldehyde of an amino acid and an acylated aldehyde of a poly amino acid.
claim 50
58. A method as defined in , wherein said perturbant is selected from the group consisting of an acylated ketone of an amino acid and an acylated ketone of a poly amino acid.
claim 50
59. A method as defined in , wherein said perturbant comprises a carboxylic acid having the formula
claim 50
R—CO2H
wherein
R is C1 to C24 alkyl, C2 to C24 alkenyl, C3 to C10 cycloalkyl, C3 to C10 cycloalkenyl, phenyl, naphthyl, (C1 to C10 alkyl)phenyl, (C2 to C10alkenyl)phenyl, (C1 to C10 alkyl)naphthyl, (C2 to C10 alkenyl)naphthyl, phenyl(C1 to C10 alkyl), phenyl(C2 to C10 alkenyl), naphthyl(C1 to C10 alkyl) and naphthyl(C2 to C10 alkenyl);
R being optionally substituted with C1 to C10 alkyl, C2 to C10 alkenyl, C1 to C4 alkoxy, —OH, —SH, —CO2R1, C3 to C10 cycloalkyl, C3 to C10 cycloalkenyl, heterocyclic having 3-10 ring atoms wherein the hetero atom is one or more atoms of N, O, S or any combination thereof, aryl, (C1 to C10 alkyl)aryl, aryl(C1 to C10)alkyl, or any combination thereof;
R being optionally interrupted by oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur, or any combination thereof; and
R1 is hydrogen, C1 to C4 alkyl or C2 to C4 alkenyl; or
a salt thereof.
60. A sublingual delivery composition comprising a supramolecular complex comprising:
(a) a biologically active agent in an intermediate conformational state non-covalently complexed with
(b) a complexing perturbant having a molecular weight ranging from about 150 to about 600 and having at least one hydrophilic moiety and at least one hydrophobic moiety;
wherein said intermediate state is reversible to said native state and is conformationally between a native conformational and a denatured conformational state of said biologically active agent and said composition is not a microsphere; and said perturbant being present in an amount effective for sublingual delivery of said biologically active agent.
61. A composition as defined in , wherein said biologically active agent is selected from the group consisting of a peptide, a micropolysaccharide, a carbohydrate, a lipid, a pesticide, or any combination of the foregoing.
claim 60
62. A composition as defined in , wherein said biologically-active agent is selected from the group consisting of human growth hormone, bovine growth hormone, growth hormone-releasing hormone, an interferon, interleukin-II, insulin, heparin, calcitonin, erythropoietin, atrial naturetic factor, an antigen, a monoclonal antibody, somatostatin, adrenocorticotropin, gonadotropin releasing hormone, oxytocin, vasopressin, cromolyn sodium, vancomycin, desferrioxamine (DFO), or any combination of any of the foregoing.
claim 61
63. A composition as defined in , wherein said perturbant comprises a proteinoid.
claim 60
64. A composition as defined in , wherein said perturbant is selected from the group consisting of an acylated amino acid and an acylated poly amino acid.
claim 60
65. A composition as defined in , wherein said perturbant is selected from the group consisting of a sulfonated amino acid and a sulfonated poly amino acid.
claim 60
66. A composition as defined in , wherein said perturbant is selected from the group consisting of an acylated aldehyde of an amino acid and an acylated aldehyde of a poly amino acid.
claim 60
67. A composition as defined in , wherein said perturbant is selected from the group consisting of an acylated ketone of an amino acid and an acylated ketone of a poly amino acid.
claim 60
68. A composition as defined in , wherein said perturbant comprises a carboxylic acid having the formula
claim 60
R—CO2H
wherein
R is C1 to C24 alkyl, C2 to C24 alkenyl, C3 to C10 cycloalkyl, C3 to C10 cycloalkenyl, phenyl, naphthyl, (C1 to C10 alkyl)phenyl, (C2 to C10 alkenyl)phenyl, (C1 to C10 alkyl)naphthyl, (C2 to C10 alkenyl)naphthyl, phenyl(C1 to C10 alkyl), phenyl(C2 to C10 alkenyl), naphthyl(C1 to C10 alkyl) and naphthyl(C2 to C10 alkenyl);
R being optionally substituted with C1 to C10 alkyl, C2 to C10 alkenyl, C1 to C4 alkoxy, —OH, —SH, —CO2R1, C3 to C10 cycloalkyl, C3 to C10 cycloalkenyl, heterocyclic having 3-10 ring atoms wherein the hetero atom is one or more atoms of N, O, S or any combination thereof, aryl, (C1 to C10 alkyl)aryl, aryl(C1 to C10)alkyl, or any combination thereof;
R being optionally interrupted by oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur, or any combination thereof; and
R1 is hydrogen, C1 to C4 alkyl or C2 to C4 alkenyl; or
a salt thereof.
69. A dosage unit form comprising:
(A) a composition as defined in ; and
claim 60
(B)
(a) an excipient,
(b) a diluent,
(c) a disintegrant,
(d) a lubricant,
(e) a plasticizer,
(f) a colorant,
(g) a dosing vehicle, or
(h) any combination thereof.
70. A method for preparing an agent which is capable of being administered by the sublingual route to a subject in need of said agent, said method comprising:
(a) providing a biologically active agent which can exist in a native conformational state, a denatured conformational state, and an intermediate conformational state which is reversible to said native state and is conformationally between said native and denatured states;
(b) exposing said biologically active agent to a complexing perturbant to reversibly transform said biologically active agent to said intermediate state and to form a sublingually administrable supramolecular complex,
said perturbant having a molecular weight between about 150 and about 600 daltons, and having at least one hydrophilic moiety and one hydrophilic moiety,
said supramolecular complex comprising said perturbant non-covalently complexed with said biologically active agent,
said biologically active agent not forming a microsphere with said perturbant; and
said perturbant being present in an amount effective for sublingual delivery of said biologically active agent; and
(c) preparing a mimetic of said supramolecular complex.
71. A method as defined in , wherein said biologically active agent comprises a peptide and said mimetic comprises a peptide mimetic.
claim 70
72. A method for preparing an agent which is capable of being administered by the sublingual route to a subject in need of said agent, said method comprising:
(a) providing a biologically active agent which can exist in a native conformational state, a denatured conformational state, and an intermediate which is reversible to said native state and is conformationally between said native and denatured states;
(b) exposing said biologically active agent to a perturbant to reversibly transform said biologically active agent to said intermediate state, wherein said perturbant is in an amount effective for sublingual delivery of said biologically active agent; and
(c) preparing a mimetic of said intermediate state.
73. A method as defined in , wherein said perturbant comprises a pH changing agent, an ionic strength changing agent, or guanidine hydrochloride.
claim 72
74. An oral delivery composition comprising a mimetic of the oral delivery composition prepared by the method of .
claim 50
75. A method for delivering, by the intranasal route, a biologically active agent to a subject in need of said biologically active agent, said method comprising:
(a) providing a biologically active agent which can exist in a native conformational state, a denatured conformational state, and an intermediate conformational state which is reversible to said native state and is conformationally between said native and denatured states;
(b) exposing said biologically active agent to a complexing perturbant to reversibility transform said biologically active agent to said intermediate state and to form an intranasally administrable supramolecular complex,
said perturbant having a molecular weight between about 150 to about 600 daltons, and having at least one hydrophilic moiety and at least one hydrophobic moiety,
said supramolecular complex comprising said perturbant non-covalently complexed with said biologically active agent,
said biologically active agent not forming a microsphere with said perturbant, and
said perturbant being present in an amount effective for intranasal delivery of said biologically active agent; and
(c) intranasally administering said supramolecular complex to said subject.
76. A method as defined in , further comprising
claim 75
(d) after said administering step, removing said perturbant from said supramolecular complex to transform said biologically active agent to said native state.
77. A method as defined in , wherein step (d) comprises diluting said supramolecular complex.
claim 76
78. A method as defined in , wherein said intermediate state has a ΔG ranging from about −20 kcal/mole to about 20 kcal/moles relative to said native state.
claim 75
79. A method as defined in , wherein said biologically active agent is selected from the group consisting of a peptide, a mucopolysaccharide, a carbohydrate, a lipid, a pesticide, or any combination of the foregoing.
claim 75
80. A method as defined in , wherein said biologically-active agent is selected from the group consisting of human growth hormone, bovine growth hormone, growth hormone-releasing hormone, an interferon, interleukin-II, insulin, heparin, calcitonin, erythropoietin, atrial naturetic factor, an antigen, a monoclonal antibody, somatostatin, adrenocorticotropin, gonadotropin releasing hormone, oxytocin, vasopressin, cromolyn sodium, vancomycin, desferrioxamine (DFO), or any combination of any of the foregoing.
claim 79
81. A method as defined in , wherein said perturbant comprises a proteinoid.
claim 75
82. A method as defined in , wherein said perturbant is selected from the group consisting of an acylated amino acid and an acylated poly amino acid.
claim 75
83. A method as defined in , wherein said perturbant is selected from the group consisting of a sulfonated amino acid and a sulfonated poly amino acid.
claim 75
84. A method as defined in , wherein said perturbant is selected from the group consisting of an acylated aldehyde of an amino acid and an acylated aldehyde of a poly amino acid.
claim 75
85. A method as defined in , wherein said perturbant is selected from the group consisting of an acylated ketone of an amino acid and an acylated ketone of a poly amino acid.
claim 75
86. A method as defined in , wherein said perturbant comprises a carboxylic acid having the formula
claim 75
R—CO2H
wherein
R is C1 to C24 alkyl, C2 to C24 alkenyl, C3 to C10 cycloalkyl, C3 to C10 cycloalkenyl, phenyl, naphthyl, (C1 to C10alkyl)phenyl, (C2 to C10alkenyl)phenyl, (C1 to C10 alkyl)naphthyl, (C2 to C10 alkenyl)naphthyl, phenyl(C1 to C10 alkyl), phenyl(C2 to C10 alkenyl), naphthyl(C1 to C10 alkyl) and naphthyl(C2 to C10 alkenyl);
R being optionally substituted with C1 to C10 alkyl, C2 to C10 alkenyl, C1 to C4 alkoxy, —OH, —SH, —CO2R1, C3 to C10 cycloalkyl, C3 to C10 cycloalkenyl, heterocyclic having 3-10 ring atoms wherein the hetero atom is one or more atoms of N, O, S or any combination thereof, aryl, (C1 to C10 alkyl)aryl, aryl(C1 to C10)alkyl, or any combination thereof;
R being optionally interrupted by oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur, or any combination thereof; and
R1 is hydrogen, C1 to C4 alkyl or C2 to C4 alkenyl; or
a salt thereof.
87. A method for preparing an intranasally deliverable biologically active agent, said method comprising:
(a) providing a biologically active agent which can exist in a native conformational state, a denatured conformational state, and an intermediate conformational state which is reversible to said native state and is conformationally between said native and denatured states; and
(b) exposing said biologically active agent to a complexing perturbant to reversibility transform said biologically active agent to said intermediate state and to form an intranasally administrable supramolecular complex,
said perturbant having a molecular weight ranging from about 150 to about 600 daltons, and having at least one hydrophilic moiety and at least one hydrophobic moiety,
said supramolecular complex comprising said perturbant non-covalently complexed with said biologically active agent; and
said biologically active agent not forming a microsphere with said perturbant;
said perturbant being present in an amount effective for intranasal delivery of said biologically active agent.
88. A method as defined in , wherein said intermediate state has ΔG ranging from about −20 kcal/mole to about 20 kcal/moles relative to said native state.
claim 87
89. A method as defined in , wherein said biologically active agent is selected from the group consisting of a peptide, a micropolysaccharide, a carbohydrate, a lipid, a pesticide, or any combination of the foregoing.
claim 87
90. A method as defined in , wherein said biologically-active agent is selected from the group consisting of human growth hormone, bovine growth hormone, growth hormone-releasing hormone, an interferon, interleukin-II, insulin, heparin, calcitonin, erythropoietin, atrial naturetic factor, an antigen, a monoclonal antibody, somatostatin, adrenocorticotropin, gonadotropin releasing hormone, oxytocin, vasopressin, cromolyn sodium, vancomycin, desferrioxamine (DFO), or any combination of any of the foregoing.
claim 89
91. A method as defined in , wherein said perturbant comprises a proteinoid.
claim 87
92. A method as defined in , wherein said perturbant is selected from the group consisting of an acylated amino acid and an acylated poly amino acid.
claim 87
93. A method as defined in , wherein said perturbant is selected from the group consisting of a sulfonated amino acid and a sulfonated poly amino acid.
claim 87
94. A method as defined in , wherein said perturbant is selected from the group consisting of an acylated aldehyde of an amino acid and an acylated aldehyde of a poly amino acid.
claim 87
95. A method as defined in , wherein said perturbant is selected from the group consisting of an acylated ketone of an amino acid and an acylated ketone of a poly amino acid.
claim 87
96. A method as defined in , wherein said perturbant comprises a carboxylic acid having the formula
claim 87
R—CO2H
wherein
R is C1 to C24 alkyl, C2 to C24 alkenyl, C3 to C10 cycloalkyl, C3 to C10 cycloalkenyl, phenyl, naphthyl, (C1 to C10 alkyl)phenyl, (C2 to C10 alkenyl)phenyl, (C1 to C10 alkyl)naphthyl, (C2 to C10 alkenyl)naphthyl, phenyl(C1 to C10 alkyl), phenyl(C2 to C10 alkenyl), naphthyl(C1 to C10 alkyl) and naphthyl(C2 to C10 alkenyl);
R being optionally substituted with C1 to C10 alkyl, C2 to C10 alkenyl, C1 to C4 alkoxy, —OH, —SH, —CO2R1, C3 to C10 cycloalkyl, C3 to C10 cycloalkenyl, heterocyclic having 3-10 ring atoms wherein the hetero atom is one or more atoms of N, O, S or any combination thereof, aryl, (C1 to C10 alkyl)aryl, aryl(C1 to C10 )alkyl, or any combination thereof;
R being optionally interrupted by oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur, or any combination thereof; and
R1 is hydrogen, C1 to C4 alkyl or C2 to C4 alkenyl; or
a salt thereof.
97. An intranasal delivery composition comprising a supramolecular complex comprising:
(a) a biologically active agent in an intermediate conformational state non-covalently complexed with
(b) a complexing perturbant having a molecular weight ranging from about 150 to about 600 and having at least one hydrophilic moiety and at least one hydrophobic moiety;
wherein said intermediate state is reversible to said native state and is conformationally between a native conformational and a denatured conformational state of said biologically active agent and said composition is not a microsphere; and said perturbant being present in an amount effective for intranasal delivery of said biologically active agent.
98. A composition as defined in , wherein said biologically active agent is selected from the group consisting of a peptide, a micropolysaccharide, a carbohydrate, a lipid, a pesticide, or any combination of the foregoing.
claim 97
99. A composition as defined in , wherein said biologically-active agent is selected from the group consisting of human growth hormone, bovine growth hormone, growth hormone-releasing hormone, an interferon, interleukin-II, insulin, heparin, calcitonin, erythropoietin, atrial naturetic factor, an antigen, a monoclonal antibody, somatostatin, adrenocorticotropin, gonadotropin releasing hormone, oxytocin, vasopressin, cromolyn sodium, vancomycin, desferrioxamine (DFO), or any combination of any of the foregoing.
claim 98
100. A composition as defined in , wherein said perturbant comprises a proteinoid.
claim 97
101. A composition as defined in , wherein said perturbant is selected from the group consisting of an acylated amino acid and an acylated poly amino acid.
claim 97
102. A composition as defined in , wherein said perturbant is selected from the group consisting of a sulfonated amino acid and a sulfonated poly amino acid.
claim 97
103. A composition as defined in , wherein said perturbant is selected from the group consisting of an acylated aldehyde of an amino acid and an acylated aldehyde of a poly amino acid.
claim 97
104. A composition as defined in , wherein said perturbant is selected from the group consisting of an acylated ketone of an amino acid and an acylated ketone of a poly amino acid.
claim 97
105. A composition as defined in , wherein said perturbant comprises a carboxylic acid having the formula
claim 97
R—CO2H
wherein
R is C1 to C24 alkyl, C2 to C24 alkenyl, C3 to C10 cycloalkyl, C3 to C10 cycloalkenyl, phenyl, naphthyl, (C1 to C10 alkyl)phenyl, (C2to C10 alkenyl)phenyl, (C1 to C10 alkyl)naphthyl, (C2 to C10 alkenyl)naphthyl, phenyl(C1 to C10 alkyl), phenyl(C2 to C10 alkenyl), naphthyl(C1 to C10 alkyl) and naphthyl(C2 to C10 alkenyl);
R being optionally substituted with C1 to C10 alkyl, C2 to C10 alkenyl, C1 to C4 alkoxy, —OH, —SH, —CO2R1, C3 to C10 cycloalkyl, C3 to C10 cycloalkenyl, heterocyclic having 3-10 ring atoms wherein the hetero atom is one or more atoms of N, O, S or any combination thereof, aryl, (C1 to C10 alkyl)aryl, aryl(C1 to C10)alkyl, or any combination thereof;
R being optionally interrupted by oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur, or any combination thereof; and
R1 is hydrogen, C1 to C4 alkyl or C2 to C4 alkenyl; or
a salt thereof.
106. A dosage unit form comprising:
(A) a composition as defined in ; and
claim 97
(B)
(a) an excipient,
(b) a diluent,
(c) a disintegrant,
(d) a lubricant,
(e) a plasticizer,
(f) a colorant,
(g) a dosing vehicle, or
(h) any combination thereof.
107. A method for preparing an agent which is capable of being administered by the intranasal route to a subject in need of said agent, said method comprising:
(a) providing a biologically active agent which can exist in a native conformational state, a denatured conformational state, and an intermediate conformational state which is reversible to said native state and is conformationally between said native and denatured states;
(b) exposing said biologically active agent to a complexing perturbant to reversibly transform said biologically active agent to said intermediate state and to form an intranasally administrable supramolecular complex,
said perturbant having a molecular weight between about 150 and about 600 daltons, and having at least one hydrophilic moiety and one hydrophilic moiety,
said supramolecular complex comprising said perturbant non-covalently complexed with said biologically active agent,
said biologically active agent not forming a microsphere with said perturbant, and
said perturbant being present in an amount effective for intranasal delivery of said biologically active agent; and
(c) preparing a mimetic of said supramolecular complex.
108. A method as defined in , wherein said biologically active agent comprises a peptide and said mimetic comprises a peptide mimetic.
claim 107
109. A method for preparing an agent which is capable of being administered by the intranasal route to a subject in need of said agent, said method comprising:
(a) providing a biologically active agent which can exist in a native conformational state, a denatured conformational state, and an intermediate which is reversible to said native state and is conformationally between said native and denatured states;
(b) exposing said biologically active agent to a perturbant to reversibly transform said biologically active agent to said intermediate state, wherein said perturbant is in an amount effective for intranasal delivery of said biologically active agent; and
(c) preparing a mimetic of said intermediate state.
110. A method as defined in , wherein said perturbant comprises a pH changing agent, an ionic strength changing agent, or guanidine hydrochloride.
claim 109
111. An oral delivery composition comprising a mimetic of the oral delivery composition prepared by the method of .
claim 87
Priority Applications (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US09/760,307 US20010039258A1 (en) | 1990-08-02 | 2001-01-11 | Active agent transport systems |
Applications Claiming Priority (17)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
SE9002558-6 | 1990-08-02 | ||
US89890992A | 1992-06-15 | 1992-06-15 | |
US07/920,346 US5443841A (en) | 1992-06-15 | 1992-07-27 | Proteinoid microspheres and methods for preparation and use thereof |
US08/051,019 US5451410A (en) | 1993-04-22 | 1993-04-22 | Modified amino acids for encapsulating active agents |
US08/076,803 US5578323A (en) | 1992-06-15 | 1993-06-14 | Proteinoid carriers and methods for preparation and use thereof |
US14357193A | 1993-10-26 | 1993-10-26 | |
US08/168,776 US5447728A (en) | 1992-06-15 | 1993-12-16 | Desferrioxamine oral delivery system |
US08/231,622 US5629020A (en) | 1994-04-22 | 1994-04-22 | Modified amino acids for drug delivery |
PCT/US1994/004560 WO1994023767A1 (en) | 1993-04-22 | 1994-04-22 | Oral drug delivery compositions and methods |
US08/231,623 US5541155A (en) | 1994-04-22 | 1994-04-22 | Acids and acid salts and their use in delivery systems |
US08/315,200 US5693338A (en) | 1994-09-29 | 1994-09-29 | Diketopiperazine-based delivery systems |
US08/316,404 US6331318B1 (en) | 1994-09-30 | 1994-09-30 | Carbon-substituted diketopiperazine delivery systems |
US08/328,932 US5714167A (en) | 1992-06-15 | 1994-10-25 | Active agent transport systems |
US08/763,183 US6099856A (en) | 1992-06-15 | 1996-12-10 | Active agent transport systems |
US08/820,694 US6344213B1 (en) | 1996-03-29 | 1997-03-18 | Compounds and compositions for delivering active agents |
US08/939,939 US6221367B1 (en) | 1992-06-15 | 1997-09-29 | Active agent transport systems |
US09/760,307 US20010039258A1 (en) | 1990-08-02 | 2001-01-11 | Active agent transport systems |
Related Parent Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US08/939,939 Continuation US6221367B1 (en) | 1990-08-02 | 1997-09-29 | Active agent transport systems |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
US20010039258A1 true US20010039258A1 (en) | 2001-11-08 |
Family
ID=25473967
Family Applications (2)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US08/939,939 Expired - Fee Related US6221367B1 (en) | 1990-08-02 | 1997-09-29 | Active agent transport systems |
US09/760,307 Abandoned US20010039258A1 (en) | 1990-08-02 | 2001-01-11 | Active agent transport systems |
Family Applications Before (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US08/939,939 Expired - Fee Related US6221367B1 (en) | 1990-08-02 | 1997-09-29 | Active agent transport systems |
Country Status (6)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (2) | US6221367B1 (en) |
EP (1) | EP1021169A4 (en) |
JP (1) | JP2001517694A (en) |
AU (1) | AU735693B2 (en) |
CA (1) | CA2304951A1 (en) |
WO (1) | WO1999016427A1 (en) |
Cited By (10)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
WO2005112937A1 (en) | 2004-05-19 | 2005-12-01 | Emisphere Technologies, Inc. | Acyclovir formulations |
WO2006072070A2 (en) | 2004-12-29 | 2006-07-06 | Emisphere Technologies, Inc. | Pharmaceutical formulations of gallium salts |
US20070224262A1 (en) * | 2004-05-06 | 2007-09-27 | Shingai Majuru | Solid Dosage Form of Wetted Heparin |
US20070232537A1 (en) * | 2005-12-19 | 2007-10-04 | Nastech Pharmaceutical Company Inc. | Intranasal pyy formulations with improved transmucosal pharmacokinetics |
EP2279732A2 (en) | 2004-05-14 | 2011-02-02 | Emisphere Technologies, Inc. | Compounds and compositions for delivering active agents |
WO2011017346A2 (en) | 2009-08-03 | 2011-02-10 | Emisphere Technologies, Inc. | Fast-acting naproxen composition with reduced gastrointestinal effects |
US20130102530A1 (en) * | 2000-12-29 | 2013-04-25 | The Kenneth S. Warren Institute, Inc. | Protection, Restoration and Enhancement of Erythropoietin-Responsive Cells, Tissues and Organs |
US8771712B2 (en) | 2006-05-09 | 2014-07-08 | Emisphere Technologies, Inc. | Topical administration of acyclovir |
US8927015B2 (en) | 2006-04-12 | 2015-01-06 | Emisphere Technologies, Inc. | Formulations for delivering insulin |
US9364502B2 (en) | 2006-06-28 | 2016-06-14 | Emisphere Technologies, Inc. | Gallium nitrate formulations |
Families Citing this family (37)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US6221367B1 (en) * | 1992-06-15 | 2001-04-24 | Emisphere Technologies, Inc. | Active agent transport systems |
US6916489B2 (en) * | 1992-06-15 | 2005-07-12 | Emisphere Technologies, Inc. | Active agent transport systems |
US6610329B2 (en) | 1993-04-22 | 2003-08-26 | Emisphere Technologies Inc. | Compositions for the delivery of antigens |
US6001347A (en) | 1995-03-31 | 1999-12-14 | Emisphere Technologies, Inc. | Compounds and compositions for delivering active agents |
IL126318A (en) | 1996-03-29 | 2004-09-27 | Emisphere Tech Inc | Compounds and compositions for delivering active agents and some novel carrier compounds |
US6358504B1 (en) | 1997-02-07 | 2002-03-19 | Emisphere Technologies, Inc. | Compounds and compositions for delivering active agents |
WO1998058902A1 (en) | 1997-06-23 | 1998-12-30 | Tanabe Seiyaku Co., Ltd. | INHIBITORS OF α4β1MEDIATED CELL ADHESION |
US6440929B1 (en) | 1998-07-27 | 2002-08-27 | Emisphere Technologies, Inc. | Pulmonary delivery of active agents |
NZ509238A (en) | 1998-07-27 | 2003-07-25 | Emisphere Tech Inc | Pulmonary delivery of active agents the carrier containing acylated or sulfonated amino acids |
ES2267283T3 (en) * | 1998-08-07 | 2007-03-01 | Emisphere Technologies, Inc. | COMPOUNDS AND COMPOSITIONS FOR THE ADMINISTRATION OF ACTIVE AGENTS. |
US6991798B1 (en) | 1998-08-07 | 2006-01-31 | Emisphere Technologies, Inc. | Compounds and compositions for delivering active agents |
AU3581300A (en) * | 1999-01-08 | 2000-07-24 | Emisphere Technologies, Inc. | Polymeric delivery agents and delivery agent compounds |
MXPA01008611A (en) | 1999-02-26 | 2003-06-24 | Emisphere Tech Inc | Compounds and compositions for delivering active agents. |
JP4588221B2 (en) | 1999-04-05 | 2010-11-24 | エミスフェアー・テクノロジーズ・インク | Disodium salts, monohydrates, and ethanol solvates for delivering active agents |
US7279597B1 (en) | 1999-11-05 | 2007-10-09 | Emisphere Technologies, Inc. | Phenyl amine carboxylic acid compounds and compositions for delivering active agents |
US7129274B1 (en) | 1999-11-05 | 2006-10-31 | Emisphere Technologies Inc. | Phenoxy carboxylic acid compounds and compositions for delivering active agents |
WO2001051454A1 (en) * | 2000-01-13 | 2001-07-19 | Emisphere Technologies, Inc. | Compounds and compositions for delivering active agents |
NZ523017A (en) * | 2000-06-29 | 2004-10-29 | Emisphere Tech Inc | Compounds and compositions for delivering active agents and preparation method thereof |
US20030225300A1 (en) * | 2001-04-19 | 2003-12-04 | Emisphere Technologies Inc. | Compounds and compositions for delivering active agents |
US20030108585A1 (en) * | 2001-05-04 | 2003-06-12 | Roe R. Michael | Polymer conjugates of insecticidal peptides or nucleic acids or insecticides and methods of use thereof |
WO2002089830A1 (en) * | 2001-05-04 | 2002-11-14 | North Carolina State University | Polymer conjugates of insecticidal peptides or nucleic acids and methods of use thereof |
EP2409569B1 (en) * | 2002-02-20 | 2017-08-16 | Emisphere Technologies, Inc. | Method for administering GLP-1 molecules |
US7812120B2 (en) * | 2003-03-21 | 2010-10-12 | Par Pharmaceutical, Inc. | Nasal calcitonin formulations containing chlorobutanol |
US20060286129A1 (en) * | 2003-12-19 | 2006-12-21 | Emisphere Technologies, Inc. | Oral GLP-1 formulations |
JP2005209106A (en) * | 2004-01-26 | 2005-08-04 | Nec Corp | Portable communication terminal, received e-mail management method, program and recording medium |
WO2005112943A1 (en) | 2004-05-19 | 2005-12-01 | Emisphere Technologies, Inc. | Topical cromolyn formulations |
US8110547B2 (en) * | 2005-01-12 | 2012-02-07 | Emisphere Technologies, Inc. | Compositions for buccal delivery of parathyroid hormone |
WO2007011958A2 (en) | 2005-07-15 | 2007-01-25 | Emisphere Technologies, Inc. | Intraoral dosage forms of glucagon |
EP1931327B1 (en) | 2005-08-19 | 2016-08-17 | Emisphere Technologies, Inc. | Cyclopropyl compounds and compositions for delivering active agents |
US8173705B2 (en) * | 2007-03-16 | 2012-05-08 | Shiseido Company Ltd. | Agent for alleviating wrinkles |
CN102014957B (en) | 2008-04-21 | 2014-12-10 | 奥德纳米有限公司 | Auris formulations for treating otic diseases and conditions |
US11969501B2 (en) | 2008-04-21 | 2024-04-30 | Dompé Farmaceutici S.P.A. | Auris formulations for treating otic diseases and conditions |
US8784870B2 (en) * | 2008-07-21 | 2014-07-22 | Otonomy, Inc. | Controlled release compositions for modulating free-radical induced damage and methods of use thereof |
CA2731769C (en) | 2008-07-21 | 2013-09-10 | Otonomy, Inc. | Controlled-release otic structure modulating and innate immune system modulating compositions and methods for the treatment of otic disorders |
PT2897620T (en) | 2012-09-21 | 2020-09-03 | Intensity Therapeutics Inc | Method of treating cancer |
BR112018001900A2 (en) | 2015-07-28 | 2018-09-18 | Otonomy, Inc. | trkb or trkc agonist compositions and methods for treating optical conditions |
KR20190024983A (en) | 2016-06-29 | 2019-03-08 | 오토노미, 인코포레이티드 | Triglyceride ear preparations and uses thereof |
Citations (23)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US4746675A (en) * | 1983-04-04 | 1988-05-24 | Teijin Limited | External pharmaceutical composition |
US4826817A (en) * | 1986-02-07 | 1989-05-02 | Brown Thomas E | Amino acid and hydroxyamino acid transporter compounds for therapeutic applications, process and use |
US4873087A (en) * | 1982-01-14 | 1989-10-10 | Toyo Jozo Company, Ltd. | Suppository preparation having excellent absorption property |
US5451410A (en) * | 1993-04-22 | 1995-09-19 | Emisphere Technologies, Inc. | Modified amino acids for encapsulating active agents |
US5629020A (en) * | 1994-04-22 | 1997-05-13 | Emisphere Technologies, Inc. | Modified amino acids for drug delivery |
US5714167A (en) * | 1992-06-15 | 1998-02-03 | Emisphere Technologies, Inc. | Active agent transport systems |
US6221367B1 (en) * | 1992-06-15 | 2001-04-24 | Emisphere Technologies, Inc. | Active agent transport systems |
US6242495B1 (en) * | 1997-02-07 | 2001-06-05 | Emisphere Technologies, Inc. | Compounds and compositions for delivering active agents |
US20020001591A1 (en) * | 1993-04-22 | 2002-01-03 | Emisphere Technologies, Inc. | Compositions for the delivery of antigens |
US6344213B1 (en) * | 1996-03-29 | 2002-02-05 | Emisphere Technologies, Inc. | Compounds and compositions for delivering active agents |
US6346242B1 (en) * | 1995-03-31 | 2002-02-12 | Emishpere Technologies, Inc. | Compounds and compositions for delivering active agents |
US6358504B1 (en) * | 1997-02-07 | 2002-03-19 | Emisphere Technologies, Inc. | Compounds and compositions for delivering active agents |
US6384278B1 (en) * | 2000-02-04 | 2002-05-07 | Emisphere Technologies, Inc. | Boron-mediated amidation of carboxylic acids |
US6391303B1 (en) * | 1996-11-18 | 2002-05-21 | Emisphere Technologies, Inc. | Methods and compositions for inducing oral tolerance in mammals |
US6399798B2 (en) * | 1999-02-05 | 2002-06-04 | Emisphere Technologies, Inc. | Method of preparing alkylated salicylamides |
US6440929B1 (en) * | 1998-07-27 | 2002-08-27 | Emisphere Technologies, Inc. | Pulmonary delivery of active agents |
US20020120009A1 (en) * | 1993-04-22 | 2002-08-29 | Emisphere Technologies, Inc. | Compounds and compositions for delivering active agents |
US6623791B2 (en) * | 1999-07-30 | 2003-09-23 | Ppg Industries Ohio, Inc. | Coating compositions having improved adhesion, coated substrates and methods related thereto |
US6627228B1 (en) * | 1999-01-08 | 2003-09-30 | Emisphere Technologies, Inc. | Polymeric delivery agents and delivery agents compounds |
US6642411B1 (en) * | 1998-07-27 | 2003-11-04 | Emisphere Technologies, Inc. | Compounds and compositions for delivering active agents |
US6646162B2 (en) * | 1999-02-26 | 2003-11-11 | Emisphere Technologies, Inc. | Compounds and compositions for delivering active agents |
US6693208B2 (en) * | 1999-12-16 | 2004-02-17 | Emisphere Technologies, Inc. | Compounds and compositions for delivering active agents |
US6916489B2 (en) * | 1992-06-15 | 2005-07-12 | Emisphere Technologies, Inc. | Active agent transport systems |
Family Cites Families (167)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US2671451A (en) | 1952-06-16 | 1954-03-09 | Stephen J Bolger | Remedial pill |
NL95043C (en) | 1953-06-30 | |||
US2828206A (en) | 1954-02-24 | 1958-03-25 | Roseuberg Adolf | Stabilized fat-soluble vitamins and methods of making same |
US2868740A (en) | 1954-03-25 | 1959-01-13 | Swift & Co | Method of copolymerizing acrylic or methacrylic acid with proteinaceous material and product obtained |
US2862918A (en) | 1956-03-12 | 1958-12-02 | Glidden Co | Acylated, isolated, partially-hydrolyzed, soya protein and process |
NL224379A (en) | 1957-01-30 | |||
US3057344A (en) | 1957-05-21 | 1962-10-09 | Abella Carlos Alberto | Capsule for the study of the digestive tract and method of using the same |
US3016308A (en) | 1957-08-06 | 1962-01-09 | Moore Business Forms Inc | Recording paper coated with microscopic capsules of coloring material, capsules and method of making |
US3076790A (en) | 1958-08-01 | 1963-02-05 | Sidney W Fox | Method of making copolymers of amino acids containing glutamic acid |
US3052655A (en) | 1958-08-01 | 1962-09-04 | Sidney W Fox | Thermal polymerization of amino acid mixtures containing aspartic acid or a thermal precursor of aspartic acid |
FR1468601A (en) | 1958-12-22 | 1967-02-10 | Ncr Co | Process for forming protective coatings for solid and liquid particles |
FR1351358A (en) | 1958-12-22 | 1964-02-07 | Ncr Co | Process for forming impermeable coatings for particulate matter by liquid phase separation |
GB929401A (en) | 1958-12-22 | 1963-06-19 | Upjohn Co | Encapsulated emulsions and processes for their preparation |
NL246985A (en) | 1958-12-31 | |||
US3170802A (en) | 1960-12-14 | 1965-02-23 | Zh Noda Sangyo Kagaku Kenkyush | Method for treatment of soybean proteins |
GB1075952A (en) | 1962-12-31 | 1967-07-19 | Gelatine And Glue Res Ass | Microscopic capsules and methods of making them |
US3748277A (en) | 1965-10-14 | 1973-07-24 | Ncr Co | Process of forming minute capsules |
US3474777A (en) | 1966-02-10 | 1969-10-28 | Amp Inc | Method of administering therapeutic agents |
US3576758A (en) | 1966-10-17 | 1971-04-27 | Ncr Co | Treatment of polypeptide-containing hydrophilic polymeric capsule wall material with uranium and vanadium compounds |
FR7981M (en) | 1967-10-21 | 1970-06-08 | ||
US3491093A (en) | 1967-11-29 | 1970-01-20 | Endo Lab | Derivatives of 5 aminomethyl-4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-4-oxoindoles |
US3565559A (en) | 1968-03-11 | 1971-02-23 | Sumitomo Chemical Co | Process for making microcapsules |
US3574832A (en) | 1968-05-29 | 1971-04-13 | American Cyanamid Co | Therapeutic heparin-surfactant compositions |
GB1236885A (en) | 1968-09-28 | 1971-06-23 | Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd | Method of making multi-wall capsules |
US3567650A (en) | 1969-02-14 | 1971-03-02 | Ncr Co | Method of making microscopic capsules |
US3937668A (en) | 1970-07-15 | 1976-02-10 | Ilse Zolle | Method for incorporating substances into protein microspheres |
US3725113A (en) | 1970-12-17 | 1973-04-03 | Research Corp | Blood compatible microencapsulated detoxicants and method for making |
US3822348A (en) | 1970-12-28 | 1974-07-02 | Toyo Jozo Kk | Hormone-like substance having serum calcium reducing property |
US3962416A (en) | 1971-01-25 | 1976-06-08 | Sol Katzen | Preserved nutrients and products |
IL36670A (en) | 1971-04-21 | 1974-09-10 | Sela M | Therapeutic basic copolymers of amino acids |
US3794561A (en) | 1971-09-30 | 1974-02-26 | Sasaki T | Biologically active peptide and method of preparing the same |
US3933873A (en) | 1971-12-08 | 1976-01-20 | Texaco Inc. | Preparation of omega-aminoalkanoic acids |
US3816404A (en) | 1971-12-08 | 1974-06-11 | Texaco Inc | Preparation of caprolactam |
US3795739A (en) | 1972-02-14 | 1974-03-05 | Hoffmann La Roche | Treatment of parkinson disease |
JPS5210427B2 (en) | 1972-07-19 | 1977-03-24 | ||
CA1045977A (en) | 1973-05-17 | 1979-01-09 | Arthur D. Little | Biodegradable, implantable drug delivery device, and process for preparing and using the same |
US4450150A (en) | 1973-05-17 | 1984-05-22 | Arthur D. Little, Inc. | Biodegradable, implantable drug delivery depots, and method for preparing and using the same |
US4351337A (en) | 1973-05-17 | 1982-09-28 | Arthur D. Little, Inc. | Biodegradable, implantable drug delivery device, and process for preparing and using the same |
DE2343037A1 (en) | 1973-08-25 | 1975-03-06 | Hoechst Ag | MEDICINAL PRODUCTS WITH ANTIDEPRESSIVE EFFECT |
US3939253A (en) | 1973-11-02 | 1976-02-17 | Interx Research Corporation | Novel, transient pro-drug forms of l-dopa useful in the treatment of parkinson's disease |
GB1459488A (en) | 1974-03-19 | 1976-12-22 | Wyeth John & Brother Ltd | Piperazinedione derivatives |
US4061466A (en) | 1974-10-16 | 1977-12-06 | Ingvar Gosta Holger Sjoholm | Biologically active composition and the use thereof |
DK140801B (en) | 1975-01-15 | 1979-11-19 | Nordisk Insulinlab | Process for the preparation of a stable long-acting insulin preparation. |
US4183849A (en) | 1975-01-15 | 1980-01-15 | Nordisk Insulinlaboratorium | Therapeutic insulin preparation and a process for the production of a stable insulin preparation with protracted effect |
US4048268A (en) | 1975-02-19 | 1977-09-13 | Eli Lilly And Company | Stabilization method |
US4035507A (en) | 1975-04-17 | 1977-07-12 | Interx Research Corporation | Novel, transient pro-drug forms of L-DOPA to treat Parkinson's disease |
DE2517229A1 (en) | 1975-04-18 | 1976-10-28 | Boehringer Mannheim Gmbh | PHENYLALKYLCARBONIC ACID DERIVATIVES AND PROCESS FOR THEIR PRODUCTION |
CA1077842A (en) | 1975-10-09 | 1980-05-20 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Albumin medicament carrier system |
US4405598A (en) | 1976-01-30 | 1983-09-20 | Fisons, Limited | Composition for treating asthma |
US4117801A (en) | 1976-06-10 | 1978-10-03 | Eastman Kodak Company | Apparatus for spray coating discrete particles |
FR2374910A1 (en) | 1976-10-23 | 1978-07-21 | Choay Sa | PREPARATION BASED ON HEPARIN, INCLUDING LIPOSOMES, PROCESS FOR OBTAINING IT AND MEDICINAL PRODUCTS CONTAINING SUCH PREPARATIONS |
US4357259A (en) | 1977-08-01 | 1982-11-02 | Northwestern University | Method of incorporating water-soluble heat-sensitive therapeutic agents in albumin microspheres |
US4217370A (en) | 1977-08-25 | 1980-08-12 | Blue Wing Corporation | Lipid-containing feed supplements and foodstuffs |
US4199561A (en) | 1979-02-26 | 1980-04-22 | The Dow Chemical Company | Coated nutrients and medicaments for veterinary use |
US4352883A (en) | 1979-03-28 | 1982-10-05 | Damon Corporation | Encapsulation of biological material |
US4345588A (en) | 1979-04-23 | 1982-08-24 | Northwestern University | Method of delivering a therapeutic agent to a target capillary bed |
US4239635A (en) | 1979-06-11 | 1980-12-16 | Cincinnati Milacron Inc. | Novel diamide and lubricants containing same |
US4272506A (en) | 1979-08-31 | 1981-06-09 | Syva Company | Purification of reagents by disulfide immobilization |
HU181009B (en) | 1980-01-18 | 1983-05-30 | Richter Gedeon Vegyeszet | Process for preparing angiotensin-ii analogues with antagonictic activity containing in position 1 sarcosyl,hydroxyacetyl or l-alpha-aminoxy-propionyl group and in positiona 8 esteric group |
NZ196349A (en) | 1980-03-07 | 1984-08-24 | Interx Research Corp | Enhancement of absorption rate of orally administered polar bioactive agents |
IT1148784B (en) | 1980-04-09 | 1986-12-03 | Eurand Spa | PROCEDURE FOR THE PREPARATION OF MICRO CAPSULES IN A LIQUID VEHICLE |
DE3016170A1 (en) | 1980-04-26 | 1981-10-29 | Bayer Ag, 5090 Leverkusen | MICROCAPSULES WITH A DEFINED OPENING TEMPERATURE, METHOD FOR THE PRODUCTION AND USE THEREOF |
CA1155853A (en) | 1980-06-06 | 1983-10-25 | Joseph A. Martin | Imidazole derivatives and preparation thereof |
US4289759A (en) | 1980-06-23 | 1981-09-15 | Ortho Pharmaceutical Corporation | Immunoregulatory diketopiperazine compounds |
US4348384A (en) | 1980-10-17 | 1982-09-07 | Dainippon Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. | Pharmaceutical composition for oral administration containing coagulation factor VIII or IX |
US4442090A (en) * | 1980-11-09 | 1984-04-10 | Kyoto Yakuhin Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha | Absorption-promoting compounds, compositions thereof with pharmaceuticals and/or bases for rectal administration and method of use |
US4900730A (en) | 1981-01-14 | 1990-02-13 | Toyo Jozo Co., Ltd. | Preparation which promotes the absorption of peptides |
GB2092136B (en) | 1981-01-17 | 1985-06-05 | Mitsui Toatsu Chemicals | Production of n-substituted amide compounds |
US4483807A (en) | 1981-01-27 | 1984-11-20 | Japan Atomic Energy Research Institute | Process for producing a slow release composite |
FR2509175B1 (en) | 1981-03-06 | 1987-01-16 | Toyo Jozo Kk | THERAPEUTIC PREPARATION HAVING EXCELLENT ABSORPTION PROPERTIES |
NZ201010A (en) | 1981-06-19 | 1986-02-21 | Ciba Geigy Ag | The treatment of inflammation diseases using desferrioxamine |
US4446138A (en) | 1982-02-10 | 1984-05-01 | Pack Howard M | Method and composition for reducing weight |
CA1241646A (en) | 1982-02-22 | 1988-09-06 | Adolfo J. De Bold | Atrial natriuretic factor |
US4457907A (en) | 1982-08-05 | 1984-07-03 | Clear Lake Development Group | Composition and method for protecting a therapeutic drug |
CA1262238A (en) | 1982-09-30 | 1989-10-10 | Richard Insel | Human monoclonal antibodies against bacterial toxins |
US4518433A (en) | 1982-11-08 | 1985-05-21 | Fmc Corporation | Enteric coating for pharmaceutical dosage forms |
US4393192A (en) | 1982-12-21 | 1983-07-12 | The Standard Oil Company | Crystalline copolymers prepared from N,N'-terephthaloyldi-beta-alanine and a glycol |
US4473620A (en) | 1982-12-23 | 1984-09-25 | Eastman Kodak Company | Encapsulated butylated hydroxyanisole |
US4886663A (en) | 1983-01-03 | 1989-12-12 | Scripps Clinic And Research Foundation | Synthetic heat-stable enterotoxin polypeptide of Escherichia coli and multimers thereof |
JPS59163313A (en) | 1983-03-09 | 1984-09-14 | Teijin Ltd | Peptide hormone composition for nasal administration |
CA1196862A (en) | 1983-06-01 | 1985-11-19 | Anthony M.F. Sun | Microencapsulation of living tissue and cells |
CA1196863A (en) | 1983-06-08 | 1985-11-19 | Mattheus F.A. Goosen | Slow release injectable insulin composition |
US4462839A (en) | 1983-06-16 | 1984-07-31 | Fmc Corporation | Enteric coating for pharmaceutical dosage forms |
US4608278A (en) | 1983-06-22 | 1986-08-26 | The Ohio State University Research Foundation | Small particule formation and encapsulation |
US4692433A (en) | 1983-10-12 | 1987-09-08 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Method and composition for regulating serum calcium levels of mammals |
JPS60125245A (en) | 1983-12-12 | 1985-07-04 | Nitto Electric Ind Co Ltd | Preparation of microcapsule containing liquid active substance |
US4671954A (en) | 1983-12-13 | 1987-06-09 | University Of Florida | Microspheres for incorporation of therapeutic substances and methods of preparation thereof |
US4590265A (en) | 1984-02-17 | 1986-05-20 | Eastman Kodak Company | Carboxylated cellulose ester and manufacture thereof |
JPS60176549A (en) | 1984-02-22 | 1985-09-10 | Nisshin Oil Mills Ltd:The | Preparation of protein hydrolyzate |
US4703042A (en) | 1984-05-21 | 1987-10-27 | Bodor Nicholas S | Orally active heparin salts containing multivalent cationic units |
FR2565102B1 (en) | 1984-06-05 | 1987-03-20 | Paris Sud Universite | BIODEGRADABLE MICROCAPSULES BASED ON SERUMALBUMIN, THEIR PREPARATION AND THEIR APPLICATION TO THE IN SITU RELEASE OF MEDICUMENTS |
US4757066A (en) | 1984-10-15 | 1988-07-12 | Sankyo Company Limited | Composition containing a penem or carbapenem antibiotic and the use of the same |
IT1177384B (en) | 1984-12-12 | 1987-08-26 | Boeehringer Biochemia Robin Sp | DIETARY GRANULAR PRODUCTS BASED ON AMINO ACIDS AND PROCEDURE FOR THEIR PREPARATION |
US4708952A (en) | 1985-02-06 | 1987-11-24 | Aida Salatinjants | Method of treatment of the infectious and viral diseases by one time interference |
CS254355B1 (en) | 1985-04-10 | 1988-01-15 | Vladimir Saudek | Soluble and biodegradatable copolymeres activated for bond of biologicaly active substances |
US4908233A (en) | 1985-05-08 | 1990-03-13 | Lion Corporation | Production of microcapsules by simple coacervation |
US4897444A (en) | 1985-05-31 | 1990-01-30 | The Research Foundation Of The State University Of New York | Immobilized fluorogenic substrates for enzymes; and processes for their preparation |
US4757024A (en) | 1985-05-31 | 1988-07-12 | Biostar Medical Products, Inc. | Immune complex detection method and article using immunologically non-specific immunoglobulins |
US4683092A (en) | 1985-07-03 | 1987-07-28 | Damon Biotech, Inc. | Capsule loading technique |
US4789734A (en) | 1985-08-06 | 1988-12-06 | La Jolla Cancer Research Foundation | Vitronectin specific cell receptor derived from mammalian mesenchymal tissue |
IT1214629B (en) | 1985-08-29 | 1990-01-18 | Formenti Farmaceutici Spa | MICRO-ENCAPSULATION PROCEDURE OF A MEDICATION, MEDICATION SO PREPARED, AND PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS THAT INCLUDE IT |
ES2039203T3 (en) | 1985-11-22 | 1993-09-16 | Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd. | COMPOSITION OF LIPOSOMES. |
LU86258A1 (en) | 1986-01-21 | 1987-09-03 | Rech Dermatologiques C I R D S | BENZAMIDO AROMATIC COMPOUNDS, PROCESS FOR THEIR PREPARATION AND THEIR USE IN HUMAN OR VETERINARY MEDICINE AND IN COSMETICS |
IT1188550B (en) | 1986-02-07 | 1988-01-14 | Sclavo Spa | SYNTHETIC PEPTIDE WITH INTERLEUKINA 1 HUMAN ACTIVITY |
US4919939A (en) | 1986-04-29 | 1990-04-24 | Pharmetrix Corporation | Periodontal disease treatment system |
US4692284A (en) | 1986-04-30 | 1987-09-08 | Damon Biotech, Inc. | Method and apparatus for forming droplets and microcapsules |
US4837381A (en) | 1986-08-11 | 1989-06-06 | American Cyanamid Company | Compositions for parenteral administration and their use |
JP2765700B2 (en) | 1986-08-11 | 1998-06-18 | イノベータ・バイオメド・リミテツド | Pharmaceutical composition containing microcapsules |
AU610083B2 (en) | 1986-08-18 | 1991-05-16 | Clinical Technologies Associates, Inc. | Delivery systems for pharmacological agents |
CH668257A5 (en) | 1986-09-23 | 1988-12-15 | Moeller Willi Fa | DICARBONIC ACID DIAMOND, THESE CONTAINING ION SELECTIVE MEMBRANES AND TEST DEVICES, AND LITHIUM COMPLEXES OF DICARBONIC ACID DIAMOND. |
DE3700128A1 (en) | 1987-01-03 | 1988-07-14 | Hoechst Ag | BIODEGRADABLE POLY- (HYDROXYALKYL) - AMINODICARBONIC ACID DERIVATIVES, METHOD FOR THE PRODUCTION AND USE THEREOF FOR DEPOT PREPARATIONS WITH CONTROLLED ACTIVE SUBSTANCE DELIVERY |
US5077278A (en) | 1987-01-23 | 1991-12-31 | Pfizer Inc. | Non-natural demethylavermectins compositions and method of use |
US5069936A (en) | 1987-06-25 | 1991-12-03 | Yen Richard C K | Manufacturing protein microspheres |
JPH0725725B2 (en) | 1987-07-23 | 1995-03-22 | 保土谷化学工業株式会社 | Benzamide derivative |
MX12394A (en) | 1987-07-23 | 1993-12-01 | Ciba Geigy Ag | PROCEDURE FOR OBTAINING POLYETHYLENE GLYCOL CARBAMATES. |
US4895725A (en) | 1987-08-24 | 1990-01-23 | Clinical Technologies Associates, Inc. | Microencapsulation of fish oil |
US5067961A (en) | 1988-02-18 | 1991-11-26 | Autogenesis Technologies, Inc. | Non-biodegradable two phase corneal implant and method for preparing same |
JP2670680B2 (en) | 1988-02-24 | 1997-10-29 | 株式会社ビーエムジー | Polylactic acid microspheres containing physiologically active substance and method for producing the same |
US5055300A (en) | 1988-06-17 | 1991-10-08 | Basic Bio Systems, Inc. | Time release protein |
FR2636238B1 (en) | 1988-09-14 | 1994-01-21 | Morelle Jean | NEW ANTISUDORAL COMPOSITIONS |
GB8822857D0 (en) | 1988-09-29 | 1988-11-02 | Patralan Ltd | Pharmaceutical formulations |
GB8823731D0 (en) | 1988-10-10 | 1988-11-16 | Smith Kline French Lab | Biologically active compounds |
US5039481A (en) | 1988-12-16 | 1991-08-13 | Clean Air, Inc. | Aliphatic polycarboxylic acids as air purification compositions |
US4976968A (en) | 1989-02-24 | 1990-12-11 | Clinical Technologies Associates, Inc. | Anhydrous delivery systems for pharmacological agents |
US4983402A (en) | 1989-02-24 | 1991-01-08 | Clinical Technologies Associates, Inc. | Orally administerable ANF |
CA2012306A1 (en) | 1989-03-28 | 1990-09-28 | Werner Neidhart | Amino acid derivatives |
US5122367A (en) | 1989-03-31 | 1992-06-16 | Massachusetts Institute Of Technology | Polyanhydride bioerodible controlled release implants for administration of stabilized growth hormone |
US4963364A (en) | 1989-04-10 | 1990-10-16 | Fox Sidney W | Microencapsulated antitumor agent |
US5019400A (en) | 1989-05-01 | 1991-05-28 | Enzytech, Inc. | Very low temperature casting of controlled release microspheres |
US5100918A (en) | 1989-05-25 | 1992-03-31 | Sterling Drug, Inc. | Prevention or treatment of sunburn using the S(+) isomer of ibuprofen |
US4996292A (en) | 1989-06-30 | 1991-02-26 | Fox Sidney W | Self-sealing artificial skin comprising copoly-alpha-amino acid |
JP2911496B2 (en) | 1989-09-11 | 1999-06-23 | 帝國製薬株式会社 | Highly absorbable vaginal agent containing bioactive polypeptide |
US5271961A (en) | 1989-11-06 | 1993-12-21 | Alkermes Controlled Therapeutics, Inc. | Method for producing protein microspheres |
US5216124A (en) | 1989-12-15 | 1993-06-01 | G. D. Searle & Co. | Substituted cyclic tetrapeptides |
US5389377A (en) | 1989-12-22 | 1995-02-14 | Molecular Bioquest, Inc. | Solid care therapeutic compositions and methods for making same |
US5126147A (en) | 1990-02-08 | 1992-06-30 | Biosearch, Inc. | Sustained release dosage form |
FR2658076B1 (en) | 1990-02-12 | 1992-06-12 | Sanofi Sa | COSMETIC COMPOSITION CONTAINING COPOLYMERS OF AMINO ACIDS, USEFUL AS A MOISTURIZING AGENT. |
JPH05268986A (en) | 1990-03-19 | 1993-10-19 | Bristol Myers Squibb Co | Monoclonal antibody and activation of lymphocyte |
GB9007052D0 (en) | 1990-03-29 | 1990-05-30 | Skua Investments Ltd | Pharmaceutical formulations |
JP3249147B2 (en) | 1990-06-01 | 2002-01-21 | キリン−アムジエン・インコーポレーテツド | Oral preparation containing bioactive protein |
CA2046830C (en) | 1990-07-19 | 1999-12-14 | Patrick P. Deluca | Drug delivery system involving inter-action between protein or polypeptide and hydrophobic biodegradable polymer |
US5443841A (en) | 1992-06-15 | 1995-08-22 | Emisphere Technologies, Inc. | Proteinoid microspheres and methods for preparation and use thereof |
US5541155A (en) | 1994-04-22 | 1996-07-30 | Emisphere Technologies, Inc. | Acids and acid salts and their use in delivery systems |
US6099856A (en) * | 1992-06-15 | 2000-08-08 | Emisphere Technologies, Inc. | Active agent transport systems |
US5578323A (en) | 1992-06-15 | 1996-11-26 | Emisphere Technologies, Inc. | Proteinoid carriers and methods for preparation and use thereof |
US5447728A (en) * | 1992-06-15 | 1995-09-05 | Emisphere Technologies, Inc. | Desferrioxamine oral delivery system |
US5693338A (en) | 1994-09-29 | 1997-12-02 | Emisphere Technologies, Inc. | Diketopiperazine-based delivery systems |
JPH05239021A (en) | 1990-09-04 | 1993-09-17 | Microbial Chem Res Found | New actinonin derivative |
US5418010A (en) | 1990-10-05 | 1995-05-23 | Griffith Laboratories Worldwide, Inc. | Microencapsulation process |
DE4033419A1 (en) | 1990-10-20 | 1992-04-23 | Wolman Gmbh Dr | POLYMOUS NITROGEN COMPOUNDS AND METAL FIXING SAEURS CONTAINING WOOD PROTECTION AGENTS |
US5271934A (en) | 1990-10-22 | 1993-12-21 | Revlon Consumer Products Corporation | Encapsulated antiperspirant salts and deodorant/antiperspirants |
US5137892A (en) | 1990-12-12 | 1992-08-11 | Abbott Laboratories | Quinoline, naphthyridine and pyridobenzoxazine derivatives |
US5244653A (en) | 1991-05-01 | 1993-09-14 | Isp Chemicals Inc. | Glycine anhydride dimethylol as a biocide and preservative |
US5250236A (en) | 1991-08-05 | 1993-10-05 | Gasco Maria R | Method for producing solid lipid microspheres having a narrow size distribution |
ZA93929B (en) | 1992-02-18 | 1993-09-10 | Akzo Nv | A process for the preparation of biologically active materialcontaining polymeric microcapsules. |
US5352461A (en) | 1992-03-11 | 1994-10-04 | Pharmaceutical Discovery Corporation | Self assembling diketopiperazine drug delivery system |
US5310535A (en) | 1992-04-24 | 1994-05-10 | The Dow Chemical Company | Carboxamide modified polyamine chelators and radioactive complexes thereof for conjugation to antibodies |
HU211995B (en) | 1992-06-30 | 1996-01-29 | Gyogyszerkutato Intezet | Process to prepare novel benzoyl amino acid derivs. and pharmaceutical compns. contg.them |
US5401516A (en) | 1992-12-21 | 1995-03-28 | Emisphere Technologies, Inc. | Modified hydrolyzed vegetable protein microspheres and methods for preparation and use thereof |
JPH08509464A (en) | 1993-01-27 | 1996-10-08 | セプラコア,インコーポレイテッド | Methods and compositions using (2R, 4S) itraconazole |
US5439686A (en) | 1993-02-22 | 1995-08-08 | Vivorx Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Methods for in vivo delivery of substantially water insoluble pharmacologically active agents and compositions useful therefor |
US5643957A (en) | 1993-04-22 | 1997-07-01 | Emisphere Technologies, Inc. | Compounds and compositions for delivering active agents |
US5709861A (en) | 1993-04-22 | 1998-01-20 | Emisphere Technologies, Inc. | Compositions for the delivery of antigens |
ATE171715T1 (en) | 1993-04-23 | 1998-10-15 | Rhodia Chimie Sa | POLYANHYDROASPARAGIC ACID AND ITS BIODEGRADABLE HYDROLYSIS PRODUCTS |
US5650386A (en) | 1995-03-31 | 1997-07-22 | Emisphere Technologies, Inc. | Compositions for oral delivery of active agents |
US5750147A (en) | 1995-06-07 | 1998-05-12 | Emisphere Technologies, Inc. | Method of solubilizing and encapsulating itraconazole |
US5667806A (en) | 1995-06-07 | 1997-09-16 | Emisphere Technologies, Inc. | Spray drying method and apparatus |
-
1997
- 1997-09-29 US US08/939,939 patent/US6221367B1/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
-
1998
- 1998-09-29 EP EP98948597A patent/EP1021169A4/en not_active Ceased
- 1998-09-29 AU AU95136/98A patent/AU735693B2/en not_active Expired
- 1998-09-29 CA CA002304951A patent/CA2304951A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 1998-09-29 JP JP2000513565A patent/JP2001517694A/en active Pending
- 1998-09-29 WO PCT/US1998/020548 patent/WO1999016427A1/en active IP Right Grant
-
2001
- 2001-01-11 US US09/760,307 patent/US20010039258A1/en not_active Abandoned
Patent Citations (34)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US4873087A (en) * | 1982-01-14 | 1989-10-10 | Toyo Jozo Company, Ltd. | Suppository preparation having excellent absorption property |
US4746675A (en) * | 1983-04-04 | 1988-05-24 | Teijin Limited | External pharmaceutical composition |
US4826817A (en) * | 1986-02-07 | 1989-05-02 | Brown Thomas E | Amino acid and hydroxyamino acid transporter compounds for therapeutic applications, process and use |
US6245359B1 (en) * | 1992-06-15 | 2001-06-12 | Emisphere Technologies, Inc. | Active agent transport systems |
US6348207B1 (en) * | 1992-06-15 | 2002-02-19 | Emisiphere Technologies, Inc. | Orally deliverable supramolecular complex |
US5714167A (en) * | 1992-06-15 | 1998-02-03 | Emisphere Technologies, Inc. | Active agent transport systems |
US6221367B1 (en) * | 1992-06-15 | 2001-04-24 | Emisphere Technologies, Inc. | Active agent transport systems |
US6916489B2 (en) * | 1992-06-15 | 2005-07-12 | Emisphere Technologies, Inc. | Active agent transport systems |
US20020001591A1 (en) * | 1993-04-22 | 2002-01-03 | Emisphere Technologies, Inc. | Compositions for the delivery of antigens |
US7005141B2 (en) * | 1993-04-22 | 2006-02-28 | Emisphere Technologies Inc. | Oral drug delivery compositions and methods |
US20020120009A1 (en) * | 1993-04-22 | 2002-08-29 | Emisphere Technologies, Inc. | Compounds and compositions for delivering active agents |
US6663887B2 (en) * | 1993-04-22 | 2003-12-16 | Emisphere Technologies, Inc. | Compounds and compositions for delivering active agents |
US5451410A (en) * | 1993-04-22 | 1995-09-19 | Emisphere Technologies, Inc. | Modified amino acids for encapsulating active agents |
US6610329B2 (en) * | 1993-04-22 | 2003-08-26 | Emisphere Technologies Inc. | Compositions for the delivery of antigens |
US6461643B2 (en) * | 1993-04-22 | 2002-10-08 | Emisphere Technologies, Inc. | Oral drug delivery compositions and methods |
US5629020A (en) * | 1994-04-22 | 1997-05-13 | Emisphere Technologies, Inc. | Modified amino acids for drug delivery |
US6346242B1 (en) * | 1995-03-31 | 2002-02-12 | Emishpere Technologies, Inc. | Compounds and compositions for delivering active agents |
US6699467B2 (en) * | 1995-03-31 | 2004-03-02 | Emisphere Technologies, Inc. | Compounds and compositions for delivering active agents |
US6428780B2 (en) * | 1995-03-31 | 2002-08-06 | Emisphere Technologies, Inc. | Compounds and compositions for delivering active agents |
US6344213B1 (en) * | 1996-03-29 | 2002-02-05 | Emisphere Technologies, Inc. | Compounds and compositions for delivering active agents |
US6391303B1 (en) * | 1996-11-18 | 2002-05-21 | Emisphere Technologies, Inc. | Methods and compositions for inducing oral tolerance in mammals |
US6358504B1 (en) * | 1997-02-07 | 2002-03-19 | Emisphere Technologies, Inc. | Compounds and compositions for delivering active agents |
US6525020B2 (en) * | 1997-02-07 | 2003-02-25 | Emisphere Technologies, Inc. | Compounds and compositions for delivering active agents |
US6242495B1 (en) * | 1997-02-07 | 2001-06-05 | Emisphere Technologies, Inc. | Compounds and compositions for delivering active agents |
US6313088B1 (en) * | 1997-02-07 | 2001-11-06 | Emisphere Technologies, Inc. | 8-[(2-hydroxy-4-methoxy benzoyl) amino]-octanoic acid compositions for delivering active agents |
US6440929B1 (en) * | 1998-07-27 | 2002-08-27 | Emisphere Technologies, Inc. | Pulmonary delivery of active agents |
US6642411B1 (en) * | 1998-07-27 | 2003-11-04 | Emisphere Technologies, Inc. | Compounds and compositions for delivering active agents |
US6693073B2 (en) * | 1998-07-27 | 2004-02-17 | Emisphere Technologies, Inc. | Pulmonary delivery of active agents |
US6627228B1 (en) * | 1999-01-08 | 2003-09-30 | Emisphere Technologies, Inc. | Polymeric delivery agents and delivery agents compounds |
US6399798B2 (en) * | 1999-02-05 | 2002-06-04 | Emisphere Technologies, Inc. | Method of preparing alkylated salicylamides |
US6646162B2 (en) * | 1999-02-26 | 2003-11-11 | Emisphere Technologies, Inc. | Compounds and compositions for delivering active agents |
US6623791B2 (en) * | 1999-07-30 | 2003-09-23 | Ppg Industries Ohio, Inc. | Coating compositions having improved adhesion, coated substrates and methods related thereto |
US6693208B2 (en) * | 1999-12-16 | 2004-02-17 | Emisphere Technologies, Inc. | Compounds and compositions for delivering active agents |
US6384278B1 (en) * | 2000-02-04 | 2002-05-07 | Emisphere Technologies, Inc. | Boron-mediated amidation of carboxylic acids |
Cited By (12)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US20130102530A1 (en) * | 2000-12-29 | 2013-04-25 | The Kenneth S. Warren Institute, Inc. | Protection, Restoration and Enhancement of Erythropoietin-Responsive Cells, Tissues and Organs |
US20070224262A1 (en) * | 2004-05-06 | 2007-09-27 | Shingai Majuru | Solid Dosage Form of Wetted Heparin |
US8039018B2 (en) | 2004-05-06 | 2011-10-18 | Emisphere Technologies, Inc. | Solid dosage form of wetted heparin |
EP2279732A2 (en) | 2004-05-14 | 2011-02-02 | Emisphere Technologies, Inc. | Compounds and compositions for delivering active agents |
WO2005112937A1 (en) | 2004-05-19 | 2005-12-01 | Emisphere Technologies, Inc. | Acyclovir formulations |
WO2006072070A2 (en) | 2004-12-29 | 2006-07-06 | Emisphere Technologies, Inc. | Pharmaceutical formulations of gallium salts |
US20070232537A1 (en) * | 2005-12-19 | 2007-10-04 | Nastech Pharmaceutical Company Inc. | Intranasal pyy formulations with improved transmucosal pharmacokinetics |
US8927015B2 (en) | 2006-04-12 | 2015-01-06 | Emisphere Technologies, Inc. | Formulations for delivering insulin |
US8771712B2 (en) | 2006-05-09 | 2014-07-08 | Emisphere Technologies, Inc. | Topical administration of acyclovir |
US9364502B2 (en) | 2006-06-28 | 2016-06-14 | Emisphere Technologies, Inc. | Gallium nitrate formulations |
WO2011017346A2 (en) | 2009-08-03 | 2011-02-10 | Emisphere Technologies, Inc. | Fast-acting naproxen composition with reduced gastrointestinal effects |
US20110039930A1 (en) * | 2009-08-03 | 2011-02-17 | Emisphere Technologies, Inc. | Fast-acting naproxen composition with reduced gastrointestinal effects |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
EP1021169A1 (en) | 2000-07-26 |
CA2304951A1 (en) | 1999-04-08 |
JP2001517694A (en) | 2001-10-09 |
WO1999016427A1 (en) | 1999-04-08 |
US6221367B1 (en) | 2001-04-24 |
AU735693B2 (en) | 2001-07-12 |
AU9513698A (en) | 1999-04-23 |
EP1021169A4 (en) | 2004-07-07 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US6221367B1 (en) | Active agent transport systems | |
US6245359B1 (en) | Active agent transport systems | |
US6099856A (en) | Active agent transport systems | |
US20050255138A1 (en) | Active agent transport systems | |
US5863944A (en) | Compounds and compositions for delivering active agents | |
US7005141B2 (en) | Oral drug delivery compositions and methods | |
ES2244367T3 (en) | COMPOSITIONS FOR ADMINISTRATION VIA ORAL. | |
JP4975201B2 (en) | Compositions for delivering compounds and active agents | |
JP2003313157A (en) | Compound and composition for delivering active agent | |
CA2202300C (en) | Active agent transport systems | |
MXPA00003109A (en) | Active agent transport systems | |
MXPA99009632A (en) | Compounds and compositions for delivering active agents |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
AS | Assignment |
Owner name: MHR INSTITUTIONAL PARTNERS IIA LP,NEW YORK Free format text: SECURITY AGREEMENT;ASSIGNOR:EMISPHERE TECHNOLOGIES, INC.;REEL/FRAME:016617/0145 Effective date: 20050926 Owner name: MHR INSTITUTIONAL PARTNERS IIA LP, NEW YORK Free format text: SECURITY AGREEMENT;ASSIGNOR:EMISPHERE TECHNOLOGIES, INC.;REEL/FRAME:016617/0145 Effective date: 20050926 |
|
STCB | Information on status: application discontinuation |
Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION |